LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 LIBflAR' 
 
 ^XA^- 
 
 :^^^H^4<k^" 5 
 
 
 
 RARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 
 
THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 PRESENTED BY 
 
 PROF. CHARLES A. KOFOID AND 
 MRS. PRUDENCE W. KOFOID 
 
 i I -'Ira 
 
WOODBRIDGE'S GEOGRAPHY:. 
 
 PUBLISHERS' NOTICE. 
 
 To show in some degree, the fstimalio?i in which the fullow? 
 ing work is held by littrary gtnll'-men of the first rt*jitctubilit$ 
 in our country, the publishers think proper to .slate, that they 
 hare in their possession ample recommendations of the plan and 
 execution of the icork from the following persons. 
 
 Reverend Ashbel Green, D.D, President of Prince- 
 ton College Reverend Philip Lindsley, Vice Presi- 
 dent of Princeton College Reverend Daniel Hascall^ 
 Professor in the Baptist Literary and Theological Se- 
 minary, Hamilton, New-York Simeon De Witt,Esq* 
 Surveyor General of the State of New- York Rever 
 rend Thomas C. Brownell, Bishop of Connecticut 
 Reverend Zephaniah Swift Moore, President of the 
 Collegiate Institution at Amherst, Mass. Reverend 
 Abel Flint, D. D. Mr. James L. Kingsley, Profess- 
 or of Languages in Yale College Reverend Chaun- 
 cey A. Goodrich, Professor of Rhetoric and Oratory 
 in Yale College Rev. Thomas H. Gallaudet, Princi- 
 pal of the American Asylum. 
 
 RECENTLY PUBLISHED, 
 
 A SYSTEM OF UNIVERSAL GEOGRAPHY* 
 
 ANCIENT AND MODERN: 
 
 ON THE PLAN OF THE " RUDIMENTS OF GEOGRAPHY.'" 
 
 Modern Geography by WM. C. WOODBRIDGE. 
 
 Ancient Geography, by EMMA WILLARD. 
 
 Accompanied by an Atlas on an improved plan, ernbrac 
 
 ing eight Maps, two Charts, and ten quarto 
 
 pages of Tables, Questions, #c. 
 
 The above work, designed for the use of the higher cla?se* 
 in A(ademies aud Schools, comprises 454 large duodecimo 
 pages, and by an unusual compression, embraces, (including 
 the letter-press of the Atlas,) more than double the quantity 
 of matter found in any other School Geography now ia use. 
 By means of this compression, the comparative expense of tho 
 book has been greatly reduced, and a complete system of 
 Universal Geography, embracing .ill the subjects properly 
 belongingto ihesrienoe, has been brought within the means oi' 
 every individual, and at a much less expense than heretofore 
 
Comparative Heights of Mountains, 
 
 a ti gbe-: flisht of ball-joa. 4 The bisbeit *pot isited b aaan. c. 
 et oow inhabited. AnU d. Hh '"r.it of r e * ' ** e V.qa**r. 
 ofcwV; / St P#t-r'-' chorh at Rome The Hi;- lod are in New- 
 Mt. Holroke In Mac^n'e!ii. Montdnock ia New-Hampihire. 
 
RUDIMENTS 
 
 OF 
 
 GEOGRAPHY, 
 
 ON A NEW PLAN. 
 
 DESIGNED TO ASSIST THE MEMORY BY 
 
 COMPARISON AND CLASSIFICATION; 
 
 WITH NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS OF 
 
 MANNERS, CUSTOMS dJYD CURIOSITIES. 
 
 ACCOMPANIED WITH AW 
 
 ATLAS, 
 
 EXHIBITING THE 
 
 PREVAILING RELIGIONS, FORMS OF GOVERNMENT, 
 DEGREES OF CIVILIZATION, 
 
 AND THE COMPARATIVE SIZE OF 
 
 TOWNS, RIVERS AND MOUNTAINS 
 
 BY WILLIAM C. IWOODBRIDGE, A. M. 
 
 Author of a System of~TTnfvei raphy. 
 
 SIXTH EDITION. 
 
 FROM THE THIRD IMPROVED EDITIOK. 
 
 *&fttes~ 
 
 HARTFORD : 
 
 OLIVER D. COOKE & CO. 
 1826. 
 
Wg 
 
 r>i STRICT OF CONNECTICUT. 
 
 BE IT REMEMBKRED, That on the fi'stday of May, 
 L. S. in the forty s ; xth year of the Independence of tiie 
 United States of America, WU.I.IAM <"'. \VOOD- 
 BRIDGE, of the said District, and EMMA WILI.ARI>, of tb dis- 
 trict ol New-Yi -k, have deposited 111 this Office, the t.tle of 
 a Book, the ri<nt whereof they claim as authors and pro- 
 prietors, in the words following, to wit : 
 
 " Rud;meuU ot Geography, on a :;ew flan, designed to 
 <; aist the memory l-y comparison and cla?sification : with 
 * numerous engravings of manner;, customs, and ruriosities ; 
 " accompanied with an Atlas, exhibiting; the prevailing reli- 
 " |pO"i, forms of goTcrnment, degrees of civilization, and the 
 "com.arat ve size of town?, rivers, and mountains By ' 
 n William C. Woo-lbridge, A. M." 
 
 In conformity to the Act of the Congress of the United 
 State*, entitled, " A:i Act for the encouragement of learning, 
 '* by seruring the copies of Maps, Charts, and Books, tf> the 
 ** authors and proprietors of such copies, during the times 
 " therein mentioned.'' And also to an act, entitled, " An act 
 " supplementary to an act entitled an act for the enrour- 
 " agement of lear'iing, by securing the copies of Maps, 
 *' Charts and Books, to the authors and proprietors of such 
 ' copies duri:g the time? therei-i mentioned, and extetiJingr 
 * the benefits thereof to the arts of designing, engraving, and 
 " etching historv-al and other prints.'' 
 
 CHARLES A. INGERSOLL, 
 
 Chrk of the District of Connfttievi. 
 A true copy of Record, examined and sealed by me, 
 " CHARLES A. INGERSOLL. 
 
 Cltrk of tht Dittriet of Connecticut. 
 
PREFACE 
 
 TO THE THIRD EDITION. 
 
 IT is by comparing facts of the same kind, by arranging 
 them in classes, and reducing them to general principles, that 
 so much simplicity and beauty have been given to modern 
 works of science. We are not now compelled to learn every 
 fact in philosophy by itself; but a single statement or prin- 
 ciple is given which includes a thousand particulars, and ena- 
 bles us to judge correctly in many cases where we have rio 
 other means of information. 
 
 This valuable method of instruction has not been genft- 
 rally adopted in systems of Geography. Most works on this 
 science are arranged in a manner which seems only adapted 
 to a gazetteer, or a book of reference. Every variety of in- 
 formation, in politics, history, topography and natural sci- 
 ence, is collected under the head of <mch country, and facts 
 of the same kind are usually scattered under so many differ- 
 ent heads, that it is a laborious task to form correct views 
 of any single subject. The hope of applying the principles 
 so much valued in other sciences to Geography, induced 
 the author to undertake the present work. The merit 
 of some already published would otherwise have rendered 
 it unnecessary. That the execution is imperfect, is almost 
 a matter of course in a first essay. The narrow limits also 
 to which he was confined, and the danger of encroaching 
 too much at once on established methods, prevented the 
 full execution of his plan. In a larger work, which is now in 
 press, the system has been rendered more complete and ex- 
 tensive. 
 
 The importance of gaining general views on every subject 
 which the mind can comprehend, is generally acknowledged. 
 The traveller who ascends an eminence from which he 
 can overlook a great city at a single glance, with an expe- 
 rienced guide to point out the most prominent buildings and 
 remarkable objects, is prepared to examine every part with 
 more interest, and will gain a more distinct conception of 
 the whole, than he could ever attain by wandering from one 
 street to another. The painter observe? the outlines 'of 
 a landscape before -he attends to the smaller objects. The 
 anatomist studies the skeleton of the human frame, before 
 he examines its minute organs. On the same principle?, 
 the student in Geography should fix the great outlines oi" 
 the subject in his mind, before he attempts to learn those 
 minute particulars which form only the " filling up" of the 
 picture. Indeed, this method of study is peculiarly applica- 
 ble to this subject. Climate, production,, religion, and civ* 
 
V1U PREFACE. 
 
 ilizatioo have their own limits, which are not dependent oo 
 the will of kings, or the changnig boundaries of st_ 
 
 In the present work, every subject of this kind, is consider- 
 ed as belonging to General Geography. A chapter is de- 
 voted to each subject, that the pupil may receive deep and 
 distinct impressions before another is introduced ; and gene- 
 ral statements are made which include the most important 
 fects on this subject in every part of the world. In the =ame 
 manner, those characteristics of a great division of the earth, 
 which are similar in all its countries, are described by a 
 single remark, and the pupil ia referred U this, instead of re- 
 peating it for each country. Thus, when it is stated 'that 
 savage nations " have little knowledge of agriculture and the 
 mechanic arts," (p 48,) the pupil knows of course, after exa- 
 mining the state of nations on his chart, that this is true of the 
 Siberians, the Indians, Ace. When he is told that the coun- 
 tries of the Torrid Zone produce the u finest fruits, and the most 
 beautiful vegetables," (p. 33,) the mere inspection of his map 
 win show him that this is the fact in Hindoostan, Guinea, 
 &c. In the same manner, when he learns that the Nor- 
 thern Countries of Europe, u have neither spring nor au- 
 tumn," like ours, (p. 107,) he need not be told again that this 
 is the case in Sweden, Norway, and Lapland. By this 
 method, the time and space, and effort of memory, which 
 would be necessary in repeating the statement under each coun- 
 try, are saved, and the comparison renders the idea more valua- 
 ble to the learner. 
 
 In acquiring a knowledge of Physical Geography, this me- 
 thod is particularly useful. When subjects so unchanging as 
 the climate and productions of the earth, are associated with 
 its political divisions, the pupil is not only liable to great inac- 
 curacy in his view?, but will often find his ideas thrown into 
 confusion, by the frequent changes in the names, extent and 
 boundaries of states. But on the plan proposed, some decree 
 of permanency is given to our knowledge, and much of this in- 
 convenience is avoided. The natural features of every por- 
 tion of the globe remain the same, whatever name* or states 
 may be found within it In addition to this, we can often judge 
 with correctness of countries unexplored by travellers, by 
 knowing the region in which they lie. To supply the defi- 
 ciencies of general views, it is only necessary to state under the 
 bead of each country, the important peculiarities which distin- 
 guish it from others in the same region, or in a similar state of 
 society. 
 
 In this work the principle of comparison h l-o ap- ' 
 
PREFACE. IX 
 
 plied to tiie difficult subject of numbers ; and mountains, ri- 
 vers, cities, &c. are arranged in classes, according to their size. 
 This method not only " relieves the memory from a fruitless 
 burthen, by substituting a few numbers for many," but it leads 
 to those comparisons of known with unknown objects, without 
 which numbers are of little value. 
 
 In every part of the work, the author has also kept the 
 principle in view, that no language can impress ideas so deep- 
 ly on the mind as information addressed to the eye. It 
 is .peculiarly important to adopt this method in a science 
 that treats chiefly of visible objects, of which it is impossible 
 to gain a complete idea without inspection or delineations. 
 A description cannot give so distinct views of the geography 
 of a country as a map; and no words can so fully convey 
 the idea of a remarkable custom or curiosity as a drawing or 
 engraving. 
 
 On these principles is founded the plan which forms the 
 basis of the following work, of obliging the pupil, by means 
 of questions, to acquire his knowledge of natural geography 
 almost entirely from an nthts. In order to furnish a more com- 
 plete delineation of countries, the class of each object is mark- 
 ed upon it in the maps of this work ; and by means of distinct 
 numbers and characters, they exhibit, not only the place of 
 rivers, mountains and cities, but their size, the capitals of 
 countries and the seats of universities. In the Chart of the in- 
 habited world, not only the situation and outlines of countries 
 are shown, but their i>ojmlalion, government, religion, and state 
 of civilization. In the View of Regions and Climates, the same 
 countries are exhibited with lines which mark their climate, 
 and point out in the list of animals and vegetables, such as 
 are usually found in them. With the same objects in view, 
 a scries of engravings have been selected from the works of 
 distinguished travellers and other authors, many of which will 
 be found to <-onvey ideas which no description could have fur- 
 nished 
 
 It has been proved by experience that the various me- 
 thods described, not only oblige the pupil to understand 
 what he is learning, but increase his interest in the study. 
 They are also fitted to improve his mind, to give him the 
 habit of arranging his knowledge, and to assist him in 
 forming those general views which are so important to the 
 correctness of his judgment on all subjects. To aid still 
 farther in the same object, the travels on the map are in- 
 troduced, and many questions are asked, which require the 
 pupil to apply his knowledge in a manner calculated to ex- 
 
X PREPACK. ?' w 
 
 ercise his reason as well as his memory. It has also been the 
 author's aim throughout the work, to lose uo opportunity of 
 cultivating the moral feelings as well as the intellectual pow- 
 ers of those who may study it, and to teach them how to value 
 the privileges of a free, enlightened, and Christian country. 
 
 THE plan of teaching Geography from the map?, and the 
 "interrogative system," usually ascribed to Guy and Gold- 
 tmith, were used in this country before the introduction of 
 their works, by the Rec. William Woodbridge, formerly of 
 Newark, New-Jersey, and adopted in books prepared for his 
 pupfls. The plan of this work was formed by the author in 
 1813, and some materials collected; but from the pressure 
 of other avocations and ill health, it was not executed 
 until 1821. After the printing of the first edition was com- 
 menced, the author learned with surprise, that Mrs. Willard, 
 Principal of the Female Seminary at Troy, in the State of 
 New- York, had begun to prepare, and designed to publish, a 
 system of geography on a plan of classification and arrange- 
 ment corresponding, in some respects with singular exactness, 
 to that of the present work, but not including the views of 
 moral and physical geography found on the charts, or the en- 
 gravings illustrating customs and curiosities. It was thought 
 desirable that both should unite in the support of one work, 
 composed of the Modern Geography then prepared by the au- 
 thor, and a system of Ancient Geography which had been 
 used by Mr$. Willard in the instruction of her pupils. The 
 Ancient Geography has been recently published, and from 
 the opinion of competent judges, it is hoped will be found a va- 
 luable acquisition to schools, both for the simplicity and ex- 
 cellence of its plan. 
 
 The author has availed himself of the suggestions of Jfrs. 
 Willard in improving the arrangement of the tables, and a 
 few other parts of this work, and adding some questions ; but 
 in all other respects it remains as prepared by himself. 
 The coincidence of th* plan with that of Mrs. Willard, and 
 the result of long experience in its use in the well known 
 Seminary at Troy, will be seen in the following extracts from 
 her preface, which will be found at length in the first edition, 
 and to which the author takes pleasure in referring as an in- 
 teresting exhibition of the principles on which this work is 
 founded. 
 
 " Although this system has never before been published, 
 yet it has been brought to the full test of experiment. 
 It is nearly eight years since I began to teach geography in 
 
PREFACE. XI 
 
 the method here recommended. Intending to publish my plan 
 of instruction, I carefully watched its operation on the minds 
 of my pupils ; which at the same time, I studied in reference to 
 it, the most approved systems of the philosophy of the mind. 
 My success in teaching from it, far surpassed my own expecta- 
 tions, and I have often said, that if I had acquired any reputa- 
 tion as a teacher, I owed it as much to my method of instruc- 
 tion in geography as to any one circumstance. The system of 
 modern geography here presented to the public contains that 
 method, yet strange as it may appear, Mr. rl oodbridge origi- 
 nated and wrote it." 
 
 u Of all the branches of study which my pupils learn, 
 geography taught in this manner is that which they most 
 easily call to recollection ; and this is the case, whether the 
 examination takes place after the lapse of a few months, or a 
 few years." 
 
 A second edition of this work was required within six 
 weeks after the publication of the first, and no time was- al- 
 lowed for discovering defects, by its use. The unexpected 
 demand for a third edition before the expiration of a year, 
 calls for the gratitude of the author to those who have fa- 
 voured him with their countenance and remarks. He has 
 endeavoured to make the only return in his power, by 
 correcting the defects discovered by the aid of their ex- 
 perience and observation, and hopes the work will better 
 desprve the approbation it has received. He has been care- 
 ful, however, to make such altrrnlions only as an experienced 
 teacher believed would produce no serious incon\enience to 
 schools, and to preserve the same paping, except in a few 
 cases where an alteration was indisp. nsible. The whole 
 work is numbered on the plan of Blair, and the more dif- 
 ficult parts are printed in a smaller type. Comparative 
 views of cities have been annexed to each quarter of the 
 "World. A new and more full account of climates, animals, 
 and vegetables, is given ; and an enlarged table or chart, 
 exhibiting their geographical situation, is affixed to the At- 
 las The hothermallin.es, or boundaries of various climates, 
 are markod from a careful exanr'nation of the productions of 
 ev. *y portjon of the world, compared with the mean annual 
 temperature of places, as ascertained by Baron Humboldt. 
 In order to furnish this chart, it was necessary to reduce 
 the size and expense of the former map and chart of the 
 world ; but the amount of information they contain is the same 
 n before. 
 
XII REMARKS TO INSTRUCTORS. 
 
 Remarks on the method of using the work. 
 
 Iw the use of this work it is intended that the pupil should 
 derive most of his information from a careful examination of the 
 maps and chart, as the only substantial basis of a knowledge 
 of geography. No pains should be spared to render this part 
 of the subject familiar to his mind. To effect this object, the 
 questions have been made as numerous and particular as the 
 limits of such a work will allow, and it is not designed to give 
 him any information in words, which he can obtain from the 
 maps. 
 
 It is particularly important that the pupil should early be 
 made familiar with the point* of the compass in the place where 
 he is, and on the map, and with the divisions of a country 
 founded on them, as exhibited in the figure, page 1 8. This is 
 necessary, that he may be able to describe without hesitation, 
 the source and course of rivers, the situation of places, &c. To 
 aid in this, he should be accustomed to place the upper part of 
 the map towards the North. 
 
 At first he should be required to answer the questions con- 
 cerning boundaries, rivers, &c. with the map before him, and 
 to point to the part he is describing, that the instructor may be 
 assured that he understands what he is repeating. But he 
 should be taught, as soon as possible, to fix the image of the map 
 in his mind, and repeat from this entirely. When this is ef- 
 fected, with the maps and chart of the present work, it is evi- 
 dent that the great difficulties of the study will be overcome, 
 and the most important facts of natural and political geography 
 will be impressed on his memory, in such a manner as not to be 
 easily forgotten. 
 
 The author knows no method of study so well fitted to ac- 
 complish this object, as that of drawing maps by thf ey'. After 
 the pupil has become familiar with a map, let him draw on a 
 slate the outline of one country at a time, commencing with the 
 lines of latitude and longitude, and usiner these as guides. 
 He should do this at first perhaps, by some easy mode of mea- 
 suring, but ultimately, 6y the eye alunr. Let him repeat this 
 until he is able to draw the same outline from memory. Let 
 him proceed by the same steps to draw sketches, including the 
 mountains and rivers, with their names, and those of the coun- 
 tries or ? ea= around, and afterwards to mark the places of the 
 principal cities. 
 
 After a cla?? have had some practice in this exercise, their 
 knowledge may be easily tested, and the countries t!i*?y have 
 one over reviewed, by an application of the Lancastrian 
 
REMARKS TO INSTRUCTORS. Xlll 
 
 method of instruction, which the celebrated author of that sys- 
 tem does not appear to have made. 
 
 Let the pupils be seated at a desk, before the instructor, each 
 with a small slate, and a set of directions like the following be 
 given them. 
 
 Draw the outlines of England. Write the names of the seas 
 and countries around it. Draw the river Thames the Se- 
 vern, &c. Mark (he place of London of Liverpool, &c. 
 
 Let each direction be executed by all at once, in silence, and 
 their slates then exhibited to the instructor for correction. It 
 is believed that no method of examination will be more rapid, 
 or more decisive as to the knowledge of the pupils, and that 
 none will excite more interest in their minds. The same me- 
 thod may be applied to the Chart also. 
 
 The work is intended to comprise all that is necessary for 
 those who wish to acquire the rudiments of the science. In 
 the present edition, the more difficult parts are put in a small 
 type, to be reserved for a revisal, or for the use of older pu- 
 pils, and questions of a similar kind are marked (//.) But 
 so great a variety is found in the capacity of different pupils 
 at the same age, that the judgment of the instructor only 
 can decide in a particular case, what portions should be 
 learned at first. In studying it for the first time it is not ne- 
 cessary, and will not usually be advisable, that the pupil 
 should be required to recollect the classes of cities, rivers, 
 &c. In examining the maps, the numbers which indicate 
 them will scarcely tail to make an impression on his memory, 
 and he will be better prepared to attend to these, and to the 
 " General Views," after he has gained some familiarity with 
 the subject. 
 
 The questions are more numerous than in other school 
 geographies, in order to direct the pupil to every thing which 
 is essential for him to learn, (except in some parts to be 
 committed to memory,) and to furnish in this way, not so 
 much a system of geography, as a course of geographical in- 
 struction. But it will contribute much to his improvement, 
 if, as he advances, the instructor will vary and multiply his 
 inquiries, particularly with reference to latitudes and longi- 
 tudes, and the distances and bearings of places and countries 
 from each other. In the present edition, where any perplexity 
 may occur in finding the answer to a question, a reference 
 is made to the map, or the section of the work which contains 
 it. 
 
 It is advised 'by some instructors, that even in commenc- 
 ing this study, the natural geography of all the great por- 
 
XIV REMARKS TO INSTRUCTORS. 
 
 tions of the world should be learned, before any attention is 
 paid to the description of any particular countries. Where this 
 method is preferred, the necessary questions will be found fol- 
 lowing the account of each quarter of the world. 
 
 It is particularly recommended, that the pupil be early 
 taught the correct pronunciation of names, by reading a 
 portion in the accented tables, at the end of this work, every 
 day 
 
 The plan of the present work is to embrace every thing as 
 much as possible in general descriptions, to be applied to par- 
 ticular countries included in them. In order to gain the full 
 advantage of the system, it is important often to call up the 
 pupil's attention and refresh his memory, by questions refer- 
 ring to these descriptions. The following questions furnish an 
 example of this mode of examination. They may be used for 
 a general review of the book, and made more or less minute, 
 according to the views of the instructor, and the capacity of the 
 pupil. 
 
 QUESTIONS FOR REVIEWING. 
 Tn be answered for tach country. 
 
 In what Zone and in what part of it is - ?* What ra 
 the general climate of that part of the Earth : (See descrip- 
 tion of Zones and Climnlts.) What is the state of civiliza- 
 tion ? (See Chart.) Describe that state. (See article ( .'irili- 
 sation.) What is the government ? (See Chart.) Describe 
 that government. (Sf-e arlicit Gorfrnmtnl.) What is the 
 religion? (See Chart.) Describe this religion. (See article 
 
 To which division of -- 1 does -- * belong ? What 
 is the general climate of these countries, and of that part of 
 -- * in the same latitude '. What are generally their ex- 
 ports? What is the character of the people? (See dt strip 
 linn, uf the country, and of that division nf .America, Europe, 
 .3xia or Afrca to which it belongs.) What is the population, 
 and how does it compare with the United .States ? (See Chart.) 
 
 In what region as to climate is it situated? (See table of 
 Climata ) What vegetables may you expect in it. (See 
 Tublf.) What animals? What is the state of its manufac- 
 tures? (See. article Manufacture*.) What can you say of its 
 commerce? (See Commerce.) What is the state of literature 
 and education? (See Literature.) 
 
 * Here insert the name of the country. 
 
 t Here insert the name of the quarter of the globe to which 
 
 >ngs. 
 
RUDIMENTS OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY re a description of the Earth. 
 
 1. It has been found by sailing round the Earth, that 
 it is a vast globe or ball. 
 
 This is also proved by the circular shadow of the 
 Earth on the Moon in an eclipse, and by the appear- 
 ance of a ship at sea, where the highest part is always 
 seen first. 
 
 2. The Earth is inhabited on all sides, by men and 
 animals, and covered with trees and vegetables, which 
 are kept on it by the attraction of Gravitation. 
 
 ASTRONOMY. 
 
 3. The Earth is one of the planets, or moving stars, 
 which revolve round the Sun, described in the science 
 ef Astronomy. 
 
 4. There are seven primary planets in our system, 
 revolving round the Sun in the following order : begin- 
 ning at the Sun. 1. Mercury; 2. Venus; 3. the 
 Earth : 4. Mars ; 5. Jupiter ; 6. Saturn ; 7. Herschel, 
 or the Georgium Sidus. The paths of these planets 
 round the Sun are called their orbits, and are represent- 
 ed in the figure on the following page. 
 
 5. There are 18 secondary planets, or moons, re- 
 Tolving round these primaries, of which the Earth has 
 1, Jupiter 4, Saturn 7, and Herschel 6. 
 
 6. Four very small planets, called asteroids Cere?, 
 Pallas, Juno and Vesta, have been discovered, revolv- 
 ing between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. 
 
 7. Besides these, more than 400 comets, or stars with 
 bright trains, have been seen revolving round the Sun, 
 
 8. All these bodies form the Solar System, and re- 
 reivf their light and heat from the Sun in the centro 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The Solar System. 
 
 9. The Swn is an immense body, a million times lar- 
 ger than the Earth, and 95 millions of mdes from us. 
 It is 883,000 miles in diameter, and turns on its own 
 axis in 25 days. 
 
 10. Mercury is a small planet, so near the Sun that 
 it is seldom spen. 
 
 Venus is a bright star, nearly as large as the Earth. 
 When it rises a short time before the Sun, it is called 
 the Morning Star ; when it sets soon after the Sun, 
 the Evening Star. 
 
 The Earth is nearly 8000 miles in diameter, mov- 
 ing round the Sun in one year, or 365 days, 6 hours, 
 at the rate of 68.00w miles an hour. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 17 
 
 Mars is a planet much smaller than the Earth, of a 
 red, fiery colour. 
 
 Jupiter is nearly 1500 times larger than the Earth, 
 and the largest of all the planets. 
 
 Saturn is 1000 times larger than the Earth, sur- 
 rounded by a broad, flat ring. 
 
 Hcrsckel, the most distant of the planets, is 90 times 
 as large as the Earth, but is seldom seen without a 
 telescope. 
 
 11. The Moon is only 2180 miles in diameter. It 
 is 240,000 miles from the Earth, and revolves round 
 it in 27 days. 
 
 12. The revolution of the Earth round the Sun is 
 called the annual or yearly revolution, and cause? the 
 changes of the seasons. 
 
 13. Besides this revolution, the Earth turns, like a 
 wheel, on its own axis, once in 24 hours ; and as the 
 Sun enlightens only one half the globe at once, each 
 part is alternately in the light and shade. 
 
 This motion causes day and night, and is called the 
 diurnal or daily revolution. 
 
 14. The other planets have similar revolutions, 
 but in various times. 
 
 The diameter, distance, and motions of the planets are de- 
 scribed in the following table. 
 
 Mercury 
 
 Venus 
 Earth 
 Mars 
 Jupiter 
 Saturn 
 Hi-4-schel 
 
 Diam- 
 eter in 
 miles. 
 
 3,000 
 
 7,6-)0 
 7,900 
 4,200 
 89,000 
 79,000 
 35,000 
 
 Distance 
 from the sun, 
 in miles. 
 
 Day, or 
 
 revolution 
 on axis. 
 
 Year, or 
 
 revolution 
 round sun. 
 
 Hourly 
 motion 
 in orbit. 
 
 36 millions. 
 
 68 do. 
 95 do. 
 144 do. 
 491 do. 
 901 do. 
 1800 do. 
 
 mknown 
 hrs. min. 
 23 20 
 23 56 
 24 39 
 9 55 
 10 16 
 unknown. 
 
 3 months 
 
 7 do. 
 12 do. 
 3 do. 
 1 2 years 
 
 J9 l-\ do. 
 R3 1-2 do. 
 
 111,000 
 
 81.000 
 68.000 
 56.000 
 30.000 
 22,000 
 15.000 
 
IXTROIfft TIO.N. 
 
 15. The comet* move irregularly, sometimes com- 
 ing vory near the Sun, and then flying offJueyond the 
 
 :itarjt planet. 
 
 Only a k-w have been known to return, and at in- 
 tervals of 75, 100 or 200 years. 
 
 16. The remaining stars are called fixed stars, be- 
 cause they keep nearly the same place in the heavens 
 from age to age. They may be distinguished from 
 th-^ planet? by their twinkling light. 
 
 About 1000 may be seen in a clear night by the 
 but from the examinations made with telescope?, 
 it is probable that there are many millions. 
 
 They are at an immense distance from us, and are 
 supposed by many, to be suns in other systems, like 
 our solar system. 
 
 Quti/io/u. /. What is Geography? What is the figure 
 of the Earth ? How is it known ? How many planets are 
 there ? How many moons or secondary planets ? How many 
 asteroids and comets : What system do these bodies form ? 
 .he Mercury Venus the Earth Mars Jupiter Sa- 
 turn Herschel the Moon. 
 
 What is the revolution of the Earth round the Sun call- 
 ed, and what does it cause ? What other motion has the Earth, 
 ar.J what does it cause? Hare the other planets the same 
 motion ? 
 
 Learc questions markfd (11.^ for Reriev. 
 
 II. Mention the diameters of the planets in order. (See 
 the Table.) What is the distance of each planet from the 
 Sun ? What is the day of each of the planets? What is the 
 year of each? How many miles do they move in an hour? 
 Describe the comets. How many comet? ha"e been known 
 to return ? What are the remaining stars called, and why ? 
 How many fixed stars can be seen with the naked eye, and 
 how many are there supposed to be? What are they suppos- 
 ed to be: 
 
 EXPLANATK 
 Preparatory to the use of the Maps 
 
 17. The most correct representation of the En- 
 surface, with the proper distance and size of its parts. 
 fs an artificial globe*. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 19 
 
 18. A Map is a picture ofthe surface of the Earth, as 
 it would appear to a person at some distance above it. 
 
 19. A Chart is a representation ofthe surface ofthe 
 Earth, as if it were spread out on a plane or level, 
 used chiefly by mariners. 
 
 20. There are four cardinal points ofthe compass, 
 North, South, East and West ; marked N. S. E. 
 W. 
 
 East, that part of the heavens in which the Sun 
 rises, and West, that part in which it sets. When we 
 stand with our right hand to the East, the West is on 
 our left. North before us, and South behind us. 
 
 21. On a Map or Chart, the upper partis always 
 North, the bottom South, the right hand East, and the 
 left hand West, as represented in the following figure. 
 
 Points of the Compass. 
 
 22. Between the cardinal points, are marked four 
 others, North-East, South-East, North-West, South- 
 West. These are marked N.E. S.E. N.W. S.W. 
 
 23. The course of a river is that point of the com- 
 pass towards which the river run?. The course or 
 direction of one place from another is that point ofthe 
 e'ompass towards which it lies. 
 
 2* 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 24. The various part? of a country, or portions of 
 the earth, are also named according to the points of 
 the compass, the middle being called the interior, as 
 in the figure below. 
 
 North-west- 
 ern part 
 
 Northern 
 part 
 
 North-east- 
 ern part 
 
 Western 
 part 
 
 Interior or 
 Central part 
 
 Eastern 
 part 
 
 South-west- 
 ern part 
 
 Southern 
 part 
 
 South-east- 
 ern part 
 
 Parts of a Country. 
 
 Questions. What is the mest correct representation of 
 the Earth? What is a Map, and what a chart? What 
 are the four cardinal points '. Which point of the Compass 
 is East? How do you find the rest after knowing this? 
 Where are these points on Maps and Charts ? What points 
 are there between the four pr ncipal points ? What is the 
 course of a river? What is the direction of one place 
 from anothpr? How are the different parts of a country 
 sometimes named ? 
 
 In foviing the pointt of the compass on the Map, the 
 pupil must alicays jememi/tr. that as the Map it a picture of 
 a Glvbr, the lints draicn JW/A a/< d South, and East and 
 West, are not generally straight, but curved to rtprtscnt cir- 
 cles ; he must therefore trace tht points of the compass accord- 
 ing to these lines. 
 
 Thus on a JHap of ihf World, the Azores are South from 
 
 i, though thty appear to bt *(>uth-east; and A'tic- 
 
 foundland is Soitth-iftst t!fugh it appears ! i, f South. So 
 
 Iceland is teat from JVvncai,; though it sums to be fourth- 
 
NATURAL DIVISIONS OF THE EARTH. 2i 
 
 Questions. What is East of Greenland? What is South 
 of Iceland? What is East of Iceland? What is West of the 
 Azores ? What is South-west of these Islands ? In what 
 direction is Spitzbergen from Greenland ? Greenland from 
 Spitsbergen ? The West Indies from the Azores ? What 
 places do you find South of Spitsbergen, down to the South 
 pole ? In what direction is Kamschatka from Iceland ? Ice- 
 land from Kamschatka ? 
 
 NATURAL DIVISIONS OF THE EARTH. 
 With Questions on the Map of the World. 
 
 25. When we look on a map of the world, we see 
 that a greater part of the surface of the earth is cover- 
 ed with a vast collection of water. It is divided by 
 geographers into five principal parts, called oceans 
 the Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian, the Northern and 
 the Southern Oceans. 
 
 26. Oceans are the habitation of innumerable fish, 
 which furnish food to a large part of mankind. 
 
 27. The waters of the ocean purify the nir by their 
 incessant motion ; and the vapours which rise from 
 them, fall in rain and snow, to water the earth. 
 
 28. They are always nearly of the same tempera- 
 ture ; and the winds which blew from them, cool the 
 earth in summer, and warm it in winter. 
 
 They are perpetually circulating in currents, which 
 carry the warm water of hot countries to colder ones 
 and bring back cold water to cool the warmer regions. 
 
 29. Oceans also serve as the highway from one part 
 of the globe to another ; and make it easy to obtain, 
 by commerce, the valuable productions of all climates, 
 and the u-seful knowledge of all nations. 
 
 Questions. How much of the surface of the Earth is 
 covered with water ? How are its waters divided ? 
 
 How are oceans useful in furnishing us food ? What effect 
 have they on the air, and what benefit do we receive from 
 their vapours ? What currents have they? Are they of any 
 use in commerce ? 
 
22 GENERAL 6EOGRAPHV. 
 
 30. In the midst of the waters which surround the 
 globe, ere two large portions of land not divided by 
 water, which are called Continents. They are called 
 the Eastern and Western Continents, because one is 
 found in each hemisphere. 
 
 31. The land on the globe is also divided by geo- 
 raphers into four smaller portions, called quarters 
 Europe, Asia and Africa, on the Eastern Continent ; 
 and America on the Western, including North and 
 South America. 
 
 To these may be added the islands of the Pacific 
 Ocean, divided into Australasia and Polynesia. 
 
 32. The quarters of the globe are divided into smal- 
 ler portions, called countries, each of which usually 
 contains men of one nation, speakingthe same language. 
 
 Countries are divided into states or provinces, con-* 
 tailing rifies, to^ns and Tillages. An empire is com- 
 posed of many countries united under one government. 
 
 Q;//tort5 What large portions of land do we find on the 
 globe ? What are they called ? How is the Eastern Conti- 
 nent bounded, or what ocean is on the N. and what on the 
 E. S. and W. ? (See I fie map of (he World for these quetlions 
 and others.} How is the Western Continent hounded ; What 
 other divisions of the land are there ? What ocean must we 
 cross in groing from Europe to America ? What one in going 
 from Asia to America? 
 
 la what direction is Europe from America? In what di- 
 rection from Europe are Asia and Africa ? How is North 
 America Hounded? South America: Europe? Asia? Af- 
 rica? Where are Australasia and Polynesia? How are 
 these great portions of the globe divided ? Hew are coun- 
 tries divided? What is an empire? 
 
 33. When a part of the ocean is almost surrounded 
 by land, it is called a sea. A salt lake is also called a 
 sea, as the Caspian Sea, and Sea of Aral, in Asia. 
 
 Qu/ion5. What is a sea? What seas separate Europe 
 from Asia and Africa? What seas are there E. of A-'a, <<ud 
 what S. of it? What sea is between Ainca and Asia? 
 
NATURAL DIVISIONS OF THE EARTH. 23 
 
 Where is the North Sea ? What sea is N. of South America ? 
 What lakes are called seas, and where are they ? 
 
 34. The narrow passage of water into a sea, or be- 
 tween two portions ofland, is called a strait. 
 
 A wider p;iss;ige is called a channel. 
 A sound is a channel or strait which may be sound- 
 ed, or fvhj|se depth may he measured with a line. 
 
 Questions. What is a strait ? What are the straits of 
 the Mediterranean and Red Seas ? What straits connect the 
 Pacific and Arctic Oceans ? What straits south of South 
 America ? What is a channel ? What channel between 
 Africa and Madagascar ? What is a sound? 
 
 35. When a part of the ocean runs up into the land, 
 with a broad opening, it is called a gulf or bay. 
 
 A harbour is a small bay, where ships may anchor. 
 A road is a part of the sea near a coast, where ships 
 may ride or lie at anchor. 
 
 Questions. - What is a gulf or bay? What gn If is S. of N. 
 America? What W. of Africa? WhXt bay S. of Asia? 
 What is a harbour ? A road ? 
 
 36. An island is a tract of land, smaller than a 
 continent, entirely surrounded by water. 
 
 < Questions. What is an island ? W T hat very large island 
 lie- S. E. from Asia ? What others near it ? What one F. of 
 Africa ? What islands W. of Europe ? What between North 
 and South America? What are some of those in the Pacific 
 Ocean ? What is the largest island on the globe ? 
 
 37. That part of the continent, or main land, which 
 lies next to the sea, is called the shore or coast. 
 
 Questions. What is a coast ? What countries are on the 
 western coast of Africa ? What on the eastern coast of North 
 America? What on the western ? 
 
 38. When a point of land on the coast projects into 
 the sea, it is called a cape. A high cape is cailed a 
 
 promontory. 
 
 Questions. What is the southern cape of America ? What 
 :- : that of Africa? What of Hindoostan ? What is the most 
 western cape of Africa ? The most eastern of S. America ? 
 
-1 GENERAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 What is the northern cape of Europe' Of North America '. 
 The southern of Greenland : What is a promont' 
 
 39. When a portion of land runs out into the sea, 
 joined to the continent only by a narrow strip or neck 
 of land, it is called a peninsula. 
 
 South America and Africa are the largest peninsulas. 
 
 Quti/Mmx.--VVhat is a peninsular 3!eution some on the 
 globe. What peninsulas in Asia ? Vi hat in Europe ? 
 
 43. The neck of land which joins a peninsula to 
 the main land, i* called an isthmus. 
 
 Questions. What isthmus joins S. America to N. America . x 
 What one joins Africa to Asia? 
 
 DESERTS. 
 
 41. Deserts are immense tracts of land, usually level, 
 on which no water is found, and plants cannot grow. 
 
 42. The most remarkable desert known is the Sa- 
 hara of Africa, avast plain of burning sand, 2000 or 
 3000 miles long, with fertile spots scattered here and 
 there in it, like islands in the ocean. 
 
 QuecfMMt. What are deserts ? Which i; the most remarkable? 
 Younger pupilt should oinit all that is printed in small type, 
 (marked with Roman numerals, as XLIII) until they rtntu 
 the book. 
 
 XLIII. 
 
 a. Other parts of Africa, and ome parts of Arabia and Per- 
 sia, are covered with similar deserts. 
 
 i he desert of Gobi or Shamo, in Asia, is a lofty, cold re- 
 i 500 miles long. 
 
 c. A large part of Siberia, and the northern parts of North 
 America are made almost deserts by perpetual frost. 
 
 d. Sometimes immense plains are found covered with grass, 
 In Aria called tltppes, iu South America, pampas, and in the 
 United States, prairies. 
 
 Questions.--ln what other countries are there deserts? De- 
 scribe that of Gobi. What is the state of Siberia, and parts of 
 ..erica : What plains are sometimes found? 
 
 MOUNTAINS. 
 
 44. Mountains are vast prominences on the surface 
 ef the earth. Some which send forth fire and smoke 
 
 .1 their tops are called wlcanees. 
 
NATURAL DIVISIONS OF THE EARTH. 26 
 
 45. The tops of the loftiest mountains are about five 
 miles above the level of the sea. 
 
 They appear vast to us ; but they are no more when 
 compared to the earth, than a grain of sand on a com- 
 mon globe. 
 
 46. Mountains sometimes occur single, but general- 
 ly united, forming chains or ridges, of various lengths 
 and heights. 
 
 Questions. What are mountains? Howhigh are the lofti- 
 est mountains ? What is the diameter of the earth ? (6'ee As- 
 tronomy.) How do these mountains compare with the earth ? 
 Are mountains generally found single? What are the prin- 
 cipal chains of mountains in America? (See map of the 
 World.) What iu Europe ? What in Asia and Africa ? 
 
 XLVII. (For the Review.') 
 
 a. Mountains may be arranged in 12 classes, according to 
 their height. 
 
 Let the pupil here examine the view of mountains in the 
 frontispiece and learn the classes from it. 
 
 b. The loftiest mountains yet discovered, are the Himma- 
 leh, or Himlaya Mountains, north of Hindoostan, in Asia. 
 
 c. The Andes, of South America, are the grandest chain 
 of mountains on the globe, extending about 4000 miles, with 
 numerous peaks, four miles high. The most celebrated peak 
 is Chimborazo, and the loftiest volcano is Cotopaxi. 
 
 d The Himmaleh mountains, and the Andes are so lofty, 
 that although they are situated in very hot countries, the tops 
 are covered with perpetual snow. 
 
 Iu ascending these mountains, you will find every climate. 
 The foot is burning with heat, the middle is temperate and de- 
 lightful, and the top always frozen. 
 
 e. The Cordillera of Mexico is next in height, containing 
 several peaks about 3 1-2 miles high, of which the most re- 
 markable is the volcano of Poporatapetl. The city of Riobam- 
 ba was at this height. (Rees' 1 Cyclopedia.) 
 
 These with the Rocky Mountains, which are not so high, 
 geem to be a continuation of the Andes, and make the whole 
 American chain 10,000 or 11,000 miles long. 
 
 /. The aext chain of mountains in height is that of the Alps 
 in Europe, some of whose peaks, as Mont Blanc, are three 
 miles high, (See map of Europe.) 
 
26 GENERAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 g. At this height perpetual snow is usually found in the 
 warmert parts of the earth, and at half this height in our 
 country. 
 
 h. The Peak of Tenerifle, on one of the Islands of Africa, is 
 an example of the fifth cla-s. 
 
 lount Etna, in Sicily, the Altaian chain in Asia, and the 
 Pyrenees of Spain, are of the sixth class, corresponding in height 
 to the city of Quito, in South America. 
 
 j. In the seventh class are the White Mountains of New- 
 Hampshire, which are nearly of the same height with the city 
 of .Mexico and the plain around it. 
 
 k. Mount Hecla, in Iceland, the Green Mountains of Ver- 
 mont, and Ben .xevis. in Scotland, are of the Hth class. 
 
 /. Mt. Vesuvius, in Italy, of the ninth class, is nearly of the 
 same hei?ht with the Catskill Mountains of New-York. 
 
 in The Cheviot Hill? of England, are of the tenth class. The 
 Allegany fountains of the United States are generally of the 
 same class, though in *ome part? nearly a mile high 
 
 n. Mt. Tom is an example of the eleventh class, and Mt. Hoi- 
 yoke of the twelfth, both in Massachusetts. 
 
 o. Mountains are very useful in supplying springs and 
 streams, from the snow and vapours which collect on them at all 
 seasons. 
 
 p. They serve also to moderate the heat, so that without 
 them many parts of the earth would become barren and burnt, 
 like the deserts of Africa. 
 
 In describing a mountain, mention ttherc it it, tell its class, 
 and htishl ; and if a chain of mountains, mention its course 
 and length. 
 
 q. The following taHe shows the length of the principal 
 chains of Mountains, according to the best accounts. 
 
 Xi Miles. 
 
 The Andes, 4500 Dofrafield Mts. ) 
 
 Mex can and Rocky Mts. 7000 Olonetz Mts. \ 
 Whole \merican chain, 11.500 Allegany Mts. 900 
 
 Altaian Mts. 5000 The "Alps, ) 600 
 
 Mts. of the Moon, The Appenines, \ to 700 
 
 probably 2000 Carpathian Mts. 500 
 
 Ural Mts. ) .^ Green Mts. 350 
 
 Mt. Atlas, $ U The Pyrenees, 200 
 
 Qufttiont. What are the loftiest mountains yet dis- 
 covered, or those of the 1st class : How high are they ? 
 What are the neart, r those *f the 2-.1 clas?? How high 
 
.NATURAL DIVISIONS OF THE EARTH. 27 
 
 and long are these mountains ? What is the principal peak ? 
 How are the tops of these mountains covered ? What differ- 
 ence of temperature is perceived in ascending them ? What 
 mountains are of the 3d cla??, and what is their height? What 
 chain do they seem to belong to ? What mountains are of the 
 4th class, and how- high ? At what height does perpetual snow 
 begin ? 
 
 What is an example of the 5th class, and what is the height? 
 What of the 6th ? What of the 7th, and what city do you 
 find at this height? What mountains of the 8th, 9th and 10th 
 classes, and of what height? What of the 11th and 12th? 
 Of what important use are mountains ? WTiat other use ? How 
 do you describe a mountain ? What is the length of the prin- 
 cipal chains of mountains in the world ? What mountains are 
 you acquainted with, and what is their height and class ?* Is 
 any mountain mentioned of the same height ? How much high- 
 er are the Andes ? 
 
 VOLCANOES. 
 
 Crater of the Volcano Vesuvius. 
 48. Volcanoes are burning mountains with an open- 
 ing called a crater, from which fire or smoke continu- 
 ally rises. 
 
 * The instructor should direct the pupil in his answer?, im 
 this instance, and other similar ones hereafter, and extend the 
 questrons as circumstances require. 
 3 
 
28 UK.VERAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 49. D'iring the eruptions of volcanoes, they throw 
 out melterl stones or fara, which flows in a terrible 
 stream of tire, destroying every thing in its way. 
 
 Questions. \\h\\. are volcanoes? What takes place dur- 
 ing the eruptions of volcanoes ? 
 
 L. (For the Review) 
 
 a. Sometimes villages and whole cities have been buried 
 in the ashes and lava thrown out from volcanoes, as Herco- 
 laneum and Pompeii, near Vesuvius. 
 
 b. The oldest volcanoes known, are Vesuvius in Italy, 
 (who?e crater is represented in the cut) and Etna in Sicily. 
 (See map of Europe.) 
 
 c. There is a volcano in the Lipari Islands, called Stromboli, 
 which blazes continually, and gives light to mariners at night. 
 
 d. Among the Andes there are many volcanoes, and the 
 loftiest in the world are those of Cotopaxi and Popocatapetl, 
 in America, which rise three and a halt miles above the level 
 of the s<^i. 
 
 e. The Peak of Teneriffe, and some mountains among the 
 Andes, which were once volcanoes, hnve ceased to burn. 
 
 / It is estimated lhat there are -JOO volcanoes in the world 
 of which 13 are HI Europe, 66 in Asia, and 118 in America, 
 including the islands of each quarter. 
 
 g. Earthquakes are sudden motions in some part of the 
 earth, which often overthrow houses and cities, and some- 
 times csuse the ground to open and swallow them up. 
 
 h. Volcanoes are useful in giving vent to the internal fires 
 of the earth, which misht otherwise cause such earthquakes 
 as to destroy whole countries. 
 
 Questions. What dreadful effects have sometimes been 
 produced hy the ashes and l-.iva of volcanoes? What are 
 the oldest volcanoes known ? What remarkable one is there 
 in the Lipari Islands? What oiher volcanoes o:.n you men- 
 tion, aud what are the loftiest iu the world? Are thie any 
 volcanoes which have ceased to burn? How many volcanoes 
 are there? 
 
 RIVERS. 
 
 31. The vapours which rise from the ocean and the 
 land, fall again in dew, rain and snow, producing 
 springs and small streams. 
 
 ">2. Many small streams running from the mountains 
 unite to form large stream*, or rhrr*. which carry 
 
NATURAL DIVISIONS OF THE EARTH. 2& 
 
 back the water to the sea, and thus keep it in perpetu 
 al circulation. 
 
 53. The place from which a river runs is called its 
 source ; the pkoe where it empties is called its mouth ; 
 the small streams which run into it are called branches. 
 
 54. Rivers, and their branches, are represented on 
 a map by small black lines, smallest at their source, 
 which is generally among the mountains, or in the 
 higher parts of a country. 
 
 55. Rivers usually overflow their banks during the 
 season of hesvy rain, making the land near them very 
 fertile. Some countries, like Egypt, which have no 
 rain, are watered only by their rivers. 
 
 56. Rivers are also useful, in furnishing an abundance 
 of fresh water, and in forming a highway to the ocean. 
 
 QtM*fi0n. What becomes of the vapour? from the ocean? 
 \Vhai do the small stream; form? V\ hat do you mean by 
 the source, mouth, and branches of a river ? Where do ri- 
 vers usually rise ? What are the chief rivers of Europe ? (See 
 mop of the World) What are those of Asia? What of Afri- 
 ca? What of N. America? What of S. America? How do 
 rivers fertilize the Earth ? How else are they useful ? 
 LVH. {For the R'-rinr.} 
 
 a. The numerous rivers of the earth may be divided into 
 classes, according to their length. 
 
 6. 1st Class. The Amazou, of South America, is the first 
 river in the world considering its length and great size. It is 
 more than 4,000 miles long, 1 80 miles wide at its mouth, and 
 is navigable 3,000 miles for large ship?. 
 
 c. The Mississippi,* of the United States, is an example 
 of the first class of rivers, but is only navigable 900 miles for 
 ships. 
 
 rf. 2d Class. The Nile of Africa, and the Arkansaw, of the 
 United States, are from 2,000 to 3,000 miles loiig, and are ex- 
 amples of the second 'class. 
 
 t. The La Plata of Paraguay, is of this class. It is 150 
 miles broad at its mouth, and is navigable 1,000 miles for 
 ships. 
 
 /. 3d Class. The Orinoco, of South America, is the lar- 
 gest of the kl Class. It is 30 miles wide at its mouth, and i* 
 navigable 700, " 
 
30 GENERAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 g. In the following; table will be found the length of each 
 class of rivers, with example;. 
 
 Class. 
 L 
 11. 
 III. 
 IV. 
 V. 
 VI. 
 VII. 
 
 vni. 
 
 IX. 
 X. 
 XL 
 Xil. 
 
 Length. Examples. 
 3000 to 4000 miles. Amazon. (>. A.) 
 2000/03000 * Nile, (Afr.) 
 1500/02000 Orinoco,^ 
 1000 to 1500 " Ohio. (1 - 
 800 to 1000 " Tigris, (Asia.) 
 SOO/o 800 " Potomac. (U. S.) 
 500/0 600 " James, (U.S.) 
 400 to 500 " Connecticut, (U. S.) 
 300 to 400 " Hudson, (U. S.) 
 200/0 300 Shenandoah. (U. S.) 
 100 to 200 SchuylMll. (U. S.) 
 below 100 " Lebigh, (U. S.) 
 
 /n describing a n'rer, /ftf u-/ire i/ rises what count it runs 
 and through what country ichere it empties and what is 
 its class and size. 
 
 To describe the Jftle,for example ; say, the J\'Ue rises in the 
 mountains of tht .Voon, runs n^rth through .-ibyssinia, Nubia, 
 and Egypt, and tmpties into the Mediterranean S'a, It is of 
 th, second class, from 2000 to 3000 mile* long. (See map of 
 Africa.} Then describe tht branches on each side, beginning at 
 the mouth. 
 
 Qutslions. How may rivers be divided? What is the 
 largest river in the world? What is its length, and how far is 
 it navigable? What other example of the 1st class? Whati? 
 -ai J of the La Plata ? What is the largest river of the 3d class "'. 
 What is the length of this class ': Give the length and an ex- 
 ample of the 4th class ; of the 5 tit, 6th, 7th, ^th, 'Jth, 1 Oth, 1 1 th, 
 12th. How do you describe a river? How do you describe 
 the Nile? Amazon? Describe the Elbe in Europe; The 
 Ebro ; The Rhone. W_hat river are you acquainted with, 
 and what is its length and c: I 
 
 FALLS OR CATARACTS. 
 
 58. The navigation of rivers is often interrupted by 
 rapids and falls, which are sometimes remarkable for 
 beauty or sublimity. 
 
 59. The Falls of Niagara have been considered the 
 grandest in the world, being one hundred anil fifty feet 
 high, and three quarters of a mile acu 
 
NATURAL DIVISIONS OF THE EARTH. 3"! 
 
 Questions. How is the navigation of rivers interrupted ? 
 What are probably the most remarkable falls in the world ? 
 LX. (For the Review.') 
 
 a> The cataracts ot the Nile in Nubia, and of the Rhine 
 in Switzerland, are also very grand. 
 
 6. The river Funza, near Santa Fe de Bogota in South 
 America, falls six hundred feet into a dreadful chasm ; but 
 the stream is small. 
 
 c. There are many interesting falls in the rivers of the 
 United States, of which the most celebrated are those of the 
 Passaick, a small river at Patterson, in New Jersey. 
 
 Questions. Are there any cataracts in the Nile and the 
 Rhine? What can you say of the falls of the Funza? What 
 falls iu the United States, besides those of Niagara ? 
 
 LAKES. 
 6 1 . Lakes are large bodies of wuter,surroundedby hind. 
 
 62. The largest hikes in the world are found in 
 North America. Lake Superior, the largest of these, 
 is 400 miles long, and 60 broad. 
 
 Questions. What are lakes? Where are the largest in 
 the world ? Which is the largest of these ? 
 
 LXIII. (For the Recitic.) 
 
 a. The other large lakes of North America ane from 200 
 to 300 miles long, 50 or 60 broad. 
 
 b. The Lakes of Onega and Ladoga, the largest in Europe, 
 are only 150 miles long, and from 30 to 75 broad. 
 
 c. Lakes Wennen and Wetter in Sweden, are only 70 or 
 80 miles long. They are about as large as the Lake of the 
 Woods in North America. The lakes of Constaiice and Ge- 
 neva, in Switzerland, are about 40 miles long. 
 
 d. Rivers sometimes pass through lakes, as the Rhine 
 through Lake Constance, and the Rhone through the Lake 
 of Geneva. 
 
 e. The Caspian Sea is a salt lake, 650 miles long, and 260 
 broad, which receives many large rivers, but has no outlet. 
 The Sea of Aral, and I>ake Baikal in Asia, are about the t;ze 
 of our large lakes. (See map of Asia.} 
 
 Questions. What is the size of the largest lakes of Ame- 
 rica? Of Europe? What is the size of Lakes Wenuer and 
 Wetter ? What of Constance and Geneva ? Do rivers ever 
 run through lak^s ? How large is the Caspian Sea ? What 
 is the size of Aral and Baikal ? 
 3 * 
 
32 CLASSIFICATION OF CITIES. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF CITIES. 
 
 64. The numerous cities found upon the globe may 
 Ue divided into 1 2 classes, according to their population. 
 
 65. Those of the first six classes contain from one 
 million, to 100,000 people. 
 
 Those of the last six classes contain from 100,000 
 to 10,000. 
 
 66. Towns which contain more than 5000 people 
 are called large to&ns ; those which contain less than 
 5000, small towns* 
 
 Questions. How may cities be divided? What is the 
 population of the first six classes ? What of the last six ? 
 What is the population of large and small town? 
 
 LXVII. (For the Rtritu-') 
 
 a. Those cities which contain a million of inhab 
 or more, may be ranked in the nrt cla--. 
 
 The chief cities of this cla5=, are Pekin aj.d Nankin, in 
 China, which are said to contain two or three milli 
 
 London is the only city of this class, betides those of 
 China and Japan, containing as many people as the state of 
 Pennsylvania. 
 
 b. Paris, Constantinople and Calcutta, are the chief cities of 
 the second class, containing 500,00d or 000,000 inhabitants, a 
 number equal to that of the state of Massachusetts. 
 
 c. Naples and Petersburg are examples of the third 
 containing about 300,000 inhabitants each, or more than the 
 state of Connecticut. 
 
 d. Vienna is of the fourth class, containing as many people 
 as the state of Vermont. 
 
 * In the maps belonging to this work, cities, rivers and 
 mountains are numbered according to their classes, and 
 from these numbers their comparative size may be learned. 
 Cities are represented by a circle containing a figure to de- 
 note their class. Large towns and small towns are indicat- 
 small circles, as explained on the map. A square 
 > a capita! city, or seat of government. An a- 
 >nnected with a town, denote: that it contains a college 
 or university. 
 
CLASSIFICATION OF CITIES. 
 
 33 
 
 e. Berlin is of the fifth class, containing more than 
 150,000 people, or twice the number in the state of Rhode- 
 Island. 
 
 /. The cities of the sixth class contain more people than 
 Rhode-Island, and those of the seventh, about the same num- 
 ber as that state. 
 
 g. In the following table will be found the population of 
 each class of cities, with examples. The same classes are used 
 for the population of islands ulsu. 
 
 Class. Population. 
 
 Example. 
 
 I. 1,000,000 and above, 
 
 London. (Eur.) 
 
 II. 500,000 to 1,000,000 
 
 Paris. (Eur.) 
 
 III. 300,000 to 500,000 
 
 Naples. (Eur.) 
 
 IV. 200,000 to 300,000 
 
 Amsterdam. (Eur.) 
 
 V. 150,000 to 200,000 
 
 Berlin. (Eur.) 
 
 VI. 100,000 to 150,000 
 
 ( Philadelphia & New- 
 } York. (U. S.) 
 
 VII. 70,000 to 80,000 
 Mil. 50,000 to 70,000 
 
 Bourdeaux. (Eur.) 
 Baltimore. (U. S.) 
 
 IX. 40,000 to 50,000 
 
 Boston. (U. S.) 
 
 X. 30,000 to 40,000 
 
 Aberdeen. (Eur.) 
 
 XI. i>0,000 to 30,000 
 
 Charleston. (U. .) 
 
 XII. 10,000 to 20,000 
 
 Providence. (U. S.) 
 
 LARUE TOWNS, above 5000 
 
 Hartford. (U. S.) 
 
 SMALL TOWNS, under 5000 
 
 
 In describing a city, tell in what country it is vn what 
 sea, lake or river, or whether it is inland what is its 
 'ia*s and what its comparative population, as mentioned in the 
 table. ' 
 
 Questions. /. What i- the population of the 1st class of 
 cities? What are the chief cities in this class? What can you 
 say of' London ? What are the chief cities of the 2d class 
 and their population? What account can you give of the 3d 
 fl;i^? of the 4th? of the 5th ? of the 6th and 7th ? What is 
 the population of large and small towns ? Repeat the popula- 
 tion of each class, with an example from the table. What 
 is the population of the place in which you live, and what i* 
 
34 GE3KK.4I. ...EOGRAPHV. 
 
 THE 8EA=0 
 
 The Earth in i.s orbit. 
 
 CC. The ends of the ;:xi> of the earth, or line on 
 which it is supposed to turn, are called the \orth and 
 South Poles. (They are $hex:n in the figure at JV. <$ S.} 
 
 69. *t equal distance from the two poL 
 circle is supposed to be drawn, (at E. in the figure,) 
 which is called the Equator. It divides the Earth into 
 two equal hemispheres, or half globes : The North- 
 ern Hemisphere, in which we live, and the Southern. 
 (See this circle, and others mentioned hereafter , repre- 
 sented on the borders of the map of the World.} 
 
 The Northern Hemisphere is represented by 
 thn-e p.ms of the imp above the Equator, and the 
 Southern, by those parts below it. 
 
 71. The orbit of the Earth, or its path round the 
 Sun, in which the Sun appears to move, is called the 
 Ediptir. The circle crosses the Equator. 
 
 72. The North Pol" of the Earth always points to- 
 
 North St-trin the heavens, and its ax;> is 
 to the Ecliptic, as represented in the figure- 
 
SEASONS, CLIMATES, &C. 35 
 
 Hence, as the Earth moves round the Sun, the 
 North pole is sometimes towards the Sun, and some- 
 times turned from it. 
 
 73. The Sun heats those parts of the Earth most, 
 which are most directly exposed to its rays, as a fire 
 heats those things most, which are directly before it. 
 
 The countries distant from these receive but a 
 small portion of its heat. This causes a variety of 
 seasons in different portions of the Earth. 
 
 74. During one half the year, from the 20tb of 
 March to the 23d of September, the North Pole is to- 
 wards the Sun, and the South Pole is turned from it. 
 
 Of course the Sun is then most directly over the 
 Northern Hemisphere, and it is summer there, while 
 it is winter, in the Southern Hemisphere. (See the 
 Jigure of the earth in its orbit, -where the place of our 
 country in North America, is shown by the letters, ff. .#.) 
 
 75. During the other half of the year, from the 23d 
 of September to the 20th of March, the Southern He- 
 misphere is towards the Sun, and it is summer there, 
 while it is winter va. the Northern Hemisphere. 
 
 76. Hence the Northern and Southern Hemispheres 
 have always opposite seasons. 
 
 Questions. What are the poles? What circle is drawn 
 between them ? How does it divide the earth ? Over what 
 countries and places does the Equator pass ? How do you find 
 the hemispheres on the map ? 
 
 What is the orbit of the earth called ? How does the North 
 Pole always point? What parts of the Earth are most 
 heated by the Sun ? What is the effect of this ? VV hich 
 pole is towards the Sun from March to September ? 
 VVhit is the consequence ? How is it from September to 
 March, and what is the effect of this ? Are the seasons the 
 ?ame in the two hemispheres ? See the map, and mention 
 what are the principal countries in the Northern Hemis- 
 phere or north of the Equator. ^Vliat season is it in South 
 America when it is summer in North America ? What season 
 
GEOGRAPH\. 
 
 i* it in Europe when it is summer in New Holland? (Othtr 
 questions tike thfst may be added by the instructor.) 
 
 LATITUDE. 
 
 77. Latitudt i distance from the Equator, and is 
 North latitude or South latitude, according as it 
 
 is North or South of this circle. 
 
 78. The circle? which are drawn from East to 
 round the globe, are represented by line* r 
 
 th map, are called pa.ra.Hel> of latitude. (See Map 
 of the World.} 
 
 79. The lines driwn from the top to the bottom of 
 tne map, or North and South, are called meridians. 
 
 These lines are curved on maps, because they rep- 
 resent circles on the Earth. 
 
 80. Every circle is divided into 360 degrees, (nr-rk- 
 ed ) every degree into 60 geographical mile?, or 
 minutes, (marked ') and every minute into 60 seconds, 
 (marked ".) 
 
 81. A degree on a great circle, such as the Equator 
 fo ,i meridian, which divides the earth into two equal 
 p ;rt>, is about 69 English or common milt-?. 
 
 82. Latitude is measured on the meridian in de- 
 grees, minutes and seconds, and marked on the sides of 
 the mnp. 
 
 he Equator the latitude is nothing : at the poles 
 it is 90 degrees, and can never be more than 90. 
 
 Questions. What is latitude: \Miat are parallels of lati- 
 tnde? \Vhataremeridians? Why are these lines curved? 
 How are great circles divided : How many common miles to 
 a dejjree : How is latitude measured and marked : What is 
 the latitude at the Equator and the poles? 
 
 PROBLEM, 
 
 To find the Lalitude of a pi, 
 83. Trace a line from the place of which the La 
 tude is required to one side of the map, following 
 
 ati- I 
 
 a 
 
SEASONS, CLIMATES, &C., 3 J 
 
 course of the parallels of latitude; the latitude will 
 then be found marked in degrees. 
 
 The pupil must be careful to follow the rune of the parallels 
 of lulitudf, as directed, p. 20, or tit will often, mistake. Thus 
 the latitude of Newfoundland would seem to be but 40, while it 
 is 50, and that of Greenland but 50, although it is 60. 
 
 Questions.-- How do you find latitudes ? What is the lati- 
 tude of Newfoundland? Of Cuba? Of Cape Horn? OX 
 Great Britain ? Of the Cape of Good Hope ? 
 
 The teacher may increase the number of examples) at hcfindt 
 necessary ta make the subject understood. 
 
 CIRCLES, ZONES AND CLIMATES. 
 THE TROPICS AND TORRID ZONE. 
 
 84. The Sun is never vertical, (immediately oven;- 
 head,} to any places which are more than 23 28' 
 North or South of the Equator. 
 
 85. Two circles are therefore drawn at this distance 
 on each side of the Equator, called tropics ; the north- 
 ern, the' Tropic of Cancer, and the Southern, the Tra- 
 pic of Capricorn. ^ 
 
 86. The Sun is vertical to every place between the 
 tropics twice ever^t year, so that this part of the 
 Earth is most exposed to its heat. Hence this zone or 
 belt is the hottest part of the Earth, and is called the 
 burning or Turrit! Z<ne. 
 
 87. The Torrid Zone, generally, has only two 
 seasons ; the wet in winter, when the rains are con- 
 stant, and the dry in summer, when rain is unknown. 
 Some parts, however, have two of each, in a year. 
 
 88. During some parts of the year, the climate is 
 the most delightful on earth : at other seasons the 
 heat is distressing, and water often scarce. 
 
 89. The Torrid Zone is also subject to the roost 
 violent diseases ; and to storms and hurricanes, which 
 destroy almost every thing within their reach. 
 
38 GENERAL GEOGRAPHl. 
 
 90. In this region are found the finest fruits, the 
 most beautiful vegetables, and the largest and loftiest 
 trees covered with perpetual verdure. 
 
 Its most remarkable productions are spices, gums, 
 and aromatic plants with coffee, tea, the sugar-cane, 
 breid-fruit.&c. 
 
 91. It produces the largest and most beautiful, as 
 well as the fiercest and most dangerous animals. 
 
 In this zone are found the elephant, the lion, the 
 tiger, the bird of paradise, and the largest and most 
 Tenomous serpents and insects. 
 
 92. The natives of the Torrid Zone are chiefly 
 black or dark coloured. 
 
 They are generally indolent and effeminate. They 
 have strong passions, but are seldom distinguished for 
 enterprize or learning. 
 
 Questions . At what places on the earth is the Sun never 
 Vertical ? What circles are drawn to point them out ? Over 
 what places do the Tropics of Cancer and Capricorn pass ? 
 (See map of tlie World.) How often is the Sun vertical to 
 places within the tropics, and what effect does this produce ? 
 What is the name of the zone within the tropics ? What is the 
 climate in this zone ? To what evils is it most subject ? What 
 may be said of vegetables and tree* in the Torrid Zone ? 
 What are the most remarkable productions ? What i? observ- 
 ed of the animals ? Mention some particularly. What is the 
 colour of the natives of the Torrid Zone ? What is their cha- 
 racter? What countries in N. America lie in the Torrid 
 Zone ? (See map ) What islands ? What countries in South 
 America? What islands in the Pacific Ocean ? What coun- 
 tries in Africa and Asia ? Is any part of Europe in the Torrid 
 Zone? 
 
 THE POLAR CIRCLES AND FRIGID ZONES. 
 
 9. On that day when the Sun is vertical (or di- 
 rectly overhead") to places under the Tropics, it shines 
 23 28' beyond one pole, causing 24 hours day to all 
 phms within that distance from the pole. (Seethe 
 figure cfthe Earth in itt orbit.) 
 
SEASONS, CLIMATES, &.C. 
 
 At the same time, the Sun leaves all places within 
 23 28' of the other pole, 24 hours in darkness. 
 
 94. Circles are therefore drawn 23 28' from each 
 pole, (or in latitude 66 1-2) called polar circles. 
 
 The northern is called the Arctic Circle, and the 
 southern, the Antarctic Circle. 
 
 95. The rays of the Sun fall most obliquely on those 
 parts of the earth which lie within these circles, and 
 the nights of winter are there from 24 hours to six 
 months in length. 
 
 96. Hence the regions within the polar circles are 
 the coldest parts of the Earth, and are called the two 
 
 frozen or Frigid Zones. 
 
 97. The Frigid Zones are chiefly covered with ice. 
 They have but two seasons, a long winter of extreme 
 cold, and a very short summer of great heat, without 
 spring or autumn. 
 
 98. In the greater part of these zones there are no 
 fruits, or large trees ; and few plants fit for food, except 
 some kinds of moss. None but the most hardy ani- 
 mals, as the bear, rein-deer, &c. can live in them. 
 
 99. The few inhabitants are dwarfish, with dark 
 complexions, and little intelligence. 
 
 Questions. At the time when the Sun is vertical to the 
 tropic, what is the length of the day at the pole ? What is the 
 length "of the night at the same time at the opposite pole? 
 What circles are drawn in consequence of these facts? In 
 what latitude are the polar circles ? By what names are they 
 distinguished ? Over what places do the polar circles pass ? 
 (See the map.) How does the Sun shine on this part of the 
 Earth, and what is the length of the nights ? What is the con- 
 sequence ? 
 
 What is the state of the Frigid Zones in respect to climate ? 
 How many seasons have they, and what are they ? What is 
 said of the trees and plants of the Frigid Zones? What ani- 
 mals live in these zones? Describe the inhabitants. What 
 countries lie in the northern Frigid Zone ? What in the sfruth- 
 rn ? (See mtfp of the World.) 
 
 4 
 
I 1 "' t.ENF.RAf. OKOGIIAI'HV. 
 
 THE TEMPERATE ZONE-. 
 
 100. The two Temperate Zones are those which lie 
 between the tropics and polar circles, or between the 
 Torrid and the two Frigid Zones. 
 
 101. The Temperate Zones have four seasons, 
 spring, summer, autumn and winter. 
 
 102. The Temperate Zones, generally, are free 
 from the distressing extremes of heat and cold, and 
 enjoy a more pleasant and healthful climate than any 
 other parts of the earth. 
 
 103. Those parts which border on the Torrid and 
 Frigid Zones, are similar to those zones in climate and 
 productions. 
 
 104. The warmest parts of these zones produce 
 wheat, rice and the finer grains, with cotton, vine?, 
 olives, oranges, figs and many other fine fruits, and 
 aromatic plants. 
 
 105. The colder parts produce apples, pears, nuts 
 and similar fruits, with wheat, vegetables and the 
 coarser grains, and fine forest trees. 
 
 106. Kardy and useful animals abound in these 
 zones, much more than those which are venomous and 
 dangerous. 
 
 107. The inhabitants of the Temperate Zones are 
 generally white, or have light complexions. 
 
 They have generally more strength of body and 
 mind than those of the Torrid or Frigid Zones, and 
 have been more distinguished for industry, enterprise 
 and learning. 
 
 Questions.* What zones are those which lie between the 
 Torrid and Frigid ? How many seasons have the Temperate 
 Zones? What is the climate generally in the Temperate 
 Zones ? What is it on the borders of the Torrid and Frigid 
 Zones f What are the productions of the warmest parts of 
 these zones ? What of the colder parts ? What animals chiefly 
 
SEASONS, CLIMATES, &.C. 41 
 
 abound in the Temperate Zones ? What is the colour ofjthe 
 inhabitants ? What is their character ? What countries are 
 found in the northern Temperate Zone? (See map of the 
 World.) What parts of Africa, S. America, and New-Holland 
 are in the southern Temperate Zone? What islands are in this 
 zone ? 
 
 OBSERVATIONS ON CLIMATES. 
 
 108. From the account of zones we see that the 
 parts of the earth around the poles are the coldest, and 
 those near the Equator the warmest. 
 
 109. The cold generally increases as the latitude, 
 or distance from the Equator, increases ; and the heat 
 is greater, as the latitude is less. 
 
 1 10. Places between the Equator and 25 of lati- 
 tude have generally very hot climates ; and those be- 
 tween 25 and 35 have warm climates. 
 
 111. Those countries which lie between 35 anil 
 45 have generally the most pleasant climates in the 
 world. 
 
 112. The countries which lie between 45 and 65" 
 of latitude have much more cold than heat ; and those 
 between 65 and 90 are frozen most of the year. 
 
 113. As we rise above the level of the sea the cold 
 increases : so that at the height of 3 miles, snow and 
 ice never melt, even under the Equator. In 45 of 
 latitude, perpetual snow begins at the height of a mile 
 and a half. 
 
 Hence the high and mountainous parts of the earth 
 are always cool, even in hot regions. 
 
 114. The heat or cold of the sea is never so great 
 as that of the land. 
 
 Hence islands, and most countries near the sea, are 
 cooler in summer, and warmer in winter, than places 
 inland, in the same latitude. 
 
:RAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 115. Countries covered with woods or forests are 
 usually much cooler in summer, than those which are 
 open and cultivated. 
 
 Questions. /. What parts of the earth are coldest, and what 
 are warmest? How is the heat and cold proportioned to the 
 latitude ? What is generally the climate of places between the 
 Equator and 25 degrees of latitude, and what between 23 and 
 Jo degrees ? How between 35 and 45 degrees ? What are 
 the climates between 45 and 65, and what between 65 D and 
 90 ? What change is there in rising above the level of the sea, 
 and at what heights do we find perpetual snow f What follows 
 from these facts : What is the general temperati.re of the sea, 
 compared with that of the land? What is that of islands and 
 places near the sea f What effect have woods and forests on 
 climates? 
 
 Leave questions marked (//.) for Review. 
 
 II. What are some of the coldest places ami countries on the 
 Earth .' (See map of the world.) What are some of the warm- 
 est? What countries have the most pleasant climate? Observe 
 the map of Europe, and consider which is probably the cv.lu.rt, 
 France or Switzerland. Which is probably the warmest, 
 England or Poland ? 
 
 CXVI. WIND?. (For the Review.) 
 
 a. Wind is air put in motion, and is caused by the different 
 degrees of heat in various parts of the earth. 
 
 The air always rises when it is heated ; and the air from the 
 colder parts rushes in to supply its place. 
 
 b. la islands, and places near the sea, in warm climates, 
 there is usually a wind from the land in the morning, and from 
 the sea in the afternoon, called land and tea breezes. 
 
 c. In the Torrid Zone, as the parts under the sun are hottest, 
 and as the earth turns from West to East, the air moves in an 
 opposite direction following the sun. This forms continual 
 winds, from the East, called trade winds. 
 
 North and South of the Equator the trade winds become 
 N. E. and S. E. 
 
 d. In the Indian Ocean there are winds called monsoons, 
 which blow half the year N. E. and the other half S. W. 
 
 e. Hurricanes are violent storms, generally occurring in hot 
 countries, in which the wind changes in a short time to every 
 point of the compass, destroying almost every thin? within its 
 reach. 
 
SEASONS^ CLIMATES, &C. 43 
 
 In a gentle breeze the air moves from 5 to 10 miles an hour ; 
 in a storm 60 miles ; and in a hurricane, 100. 
 
 /. Whirlwinds are formed by-opposite winds meeting and 
 moving swiftly in a circle, raising sand and light bodies into 
 the air. 
 
 In the deserts of Africa, they sometimes draw up the sand 
 into a moving pillar, which buries all in its way. 
 
 When whirlwinds appear on the ocean, they draw up the 
 water, and produce water-spouts. 
 
 g. In the deserts of Africa -and Arabia, a hot wind prevails, 
 called the samitl or simoom, which is said sometimes to pro- 
 duce instant death. It can be avoided only by falling prostrate 
 on the ground. 
 
 h. In the southern countries of Europe, a warm wind blows 
 from Africa, called the sirocco, which produces great uneasi- 
 ness and weakness. 
 
 Questions. What is wind? How is it produced? What 
 are land and sea breezes ? Where do the trade winds blow, 
 and how are they produced ? What are the monsoons ? What 
 are hurricanes? How fast does the wind move? What are 
 whirlwinds ? What do whirlwinds cause in the deserts ? What 
 in the sen ? What is the samiel or simoom, and how is it to be 
 avoided ? What is the sirocco ? 
 
 CXVII. TIDES. (For the Review. 1 ) 
 
 a. As the moon moves round the earth, the waters of the 
 ocean or of seas, immediately under the moon, are raised 
 above the common level, by its attraction. This is called a 
 tide. 
 
 The tide rises and falls twice every day, 
 
 Jls the moon rises the tide begins ; when it is on the meridian 
 the tide is high, and gradually sinks until the moon sets, when it 
 is low tide. The tide is high again, when the moon is on the 
 opposite side of the Earth, and low when it rises ; thus rising 
 and falling regularly every six hours. The time is often chang- 
 ed by the situation of places, currents, &c. 
 
 In inland seas, as in the Mediterranean, there are no sensi- 
 ble tides. 
 
 Questions. What is caused by the attraction of the moon on 
 the ocean and sea ? How often does the tide rise and fall ? Are 
 there any tides in inland seas ? 
 4* 
 
F.RAL GEOGRAPHT. 
 
 CXVIII. DAYS AND NIGHTS. (For Ou Rt 
 
 a. As the Earth turns on its axis in twenty-four hours, all 
 parts of the Earth hare alternately day and night, but not of 
 equal length. 
 
 b. At places under the Equator, the days are always equal, 
 or twelve hours each, and the Sun rises and seta at 6 o'clock 
 the whole year round. 
 
 c. On the 20th of March and the 23d of September, when 
 the sun is directly over the Equator, it enlightens half of each 
 hemisphere, and the days and nights are equal in all parts of 
 the world. These periods are, therefore, called equvwzes. 
 (See thefigurt, p. 34.) 
 
 d. From the 20th of March to the 23d of September, or in 
 our summer, the Sun shines continually as far as the North 
 Pole, causing six months day at that pole, and leaves the South 
 Pole six months in darkness. 
 
 At the same time it enlightens more than half the Northern 
 Hemisphere, and less than half the Southern. 
 
 e. In consequence of this, every place in the Northern Hem- 
 isphere is more than twelve hours in the light, during our sum- 
 mer ; and every place in the Southern Hemisphere, less than 
 twelve hours. 
 
 '~. From September to March, or in our winter, the North 
 Pole has continual night, and the South Pole continual day. 
 At the same time the Southern Hemisphere has days of more 
 than twelve hours, while our days are less. 
 
 It is in this way that the long days of summer, and the short 
 days of winter are caused. 
 
 :. From the Equator to the polar circles, the days increase 
 as (he latitude increases. At those circles, the longest day is 
 24 hours, the longest night the same. 
 
 h. From the polar circles to the poles, the days lengthen in to 
 weeks and months, so that at the poles there k but one day 
 and one night in the year. In latitude 67, the longest day is 
 one month ; in 70, two months ; in 80, four months, and at 
 the poles six months. 
 
 Questions. Have all parts of the Earth equal days and 
 nights ? What is the length of the days at the Equator? Are 
 they ever equal in other parts of the Earth ? What are these 
 periods called? On which pole does the Sun shine in 
 summer ? What effect has this on the length of days ? Which 
 pole is enlightened in oar winter? What is the length of the 
 day then, in each hemisphere ? What is the length of days 
 '.he equator to the polar circle. .- What is it at the po- 
 
SEASON'S, CLIMATES, &C= 45 
 
 lar circles ? From the polar circles to the poles ? In what 
 places are the longest days four months, in what two, and in 
 what one month ? 
 
 PROBLEM. 
 To find the length of the longest day in any place. 
 
 On the Chart of the World look at the latitude of the 
 place on the left hand side of the map, and in the column of 
 the longest days, the nearest figures will show you nearly the 
 length of the longest day or night. Subtract this from 24 hours, 
 and you have the length of the shortest day or night. 
 
 Questions. How do you find the length of the longest day 
 in any place ? What is the longest day at the North Cape ? 
 In Gibraltar ? At the Cape of Good Hope ? At Cape Horn ? 
 In Mexico? What is the length of the longest night in Washing- 
 ton ? In Canada ? In Greenland ? 
 
 CXIX. (For the Review.) 
 
 LONGITUDE AND DIFFERENCE OF TIME. 
 
 . If a line be drawn North and South through any place 
 on the Globe, the Sun will be always over that line at noon 
 or mid-day. 
 
 Such a line is therefore called a meridian, or noon-line. 
 
 b. If this line be extended to the poles, all places under it 
 (that is all places exactly north and south of each other) will 
 have noon at the same moment. 
 
 If this line be carried round the earth on the opposite side, 
 it will pass through the places which have midnight at that 
 time. 
 
 c. As the earth turns from West to East, the Sun appears to 
 move round it from East to West. 
 
 d. Therefore, if a number of meridians be drawn on the 
 Earth, the Sun will first pass over those nearest to it, or 
 most eastern, and afterward over those which are more 
 western. 
 
 Thus it is noon in Europe, after it is noon in Jlsia, and before 
 it is noon in America. 
 
 Of course when it is noon in Europe, it is afternoon in Asia, 
 and forenoon in America. 
 
 To illustrate this, let the pupil place his finger, to represent 
 the Sun, over the map of the World, and draw the map from 
 West to East as the Earth moves. He will then see that the 
 Sun will first pass over places to the eastward, as Asia, and 
 afterward over those at the West, as Europe and .America. 
 
40 GENERAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 *e. Only a few meridians are drawn upon maps ; but every 
 place on the earth, however small, has its own mer- 
 idian. 
 
 /. Distance East or West, frojn any Meridian, has been called 
 longitude, because the ancients supposed the Earth to be longest 
 from East to West. 
 
 g. Longitude is generally reckoned from the meridian of 
 Greenwich, or London, and is counted 180, or half round the 
 globe each way. 
 
 Of course the longitude of a place cannot be more than 180 
 degrees. 
 
 h. All places in the same longitude, are under the same mer-. 
 idian, and therefore have noon at the same time. 
 
 When it is noon at any place, it is midnight at all places 
 ISO from its meridian, because they are under the opposite 
 meridian. 
 
 t. As the sun appears to move round the earth, or 360 degree* 
 in twenty-four hours, every 15 degrees East or West will make 
 one hour's difference in the time of places. 
 
 j. Longitude is marked in maps on the Equator, or at the top 
 and bottom of the map. 
 
 TTie meridians, as well as parallels of latitude, are generally 
 drawn for every 10 degrees. Sometimes they are drawn for every 
 15 degrees, for convenience in finding th* difference of time, as 
 on the Chart. 
 
 k. The degrees *of longitude at the Equator are 69 miles 
 each, but they grow less as you go towards the poles, where 
 the meridians all meet. (See map of the world.) 
 
 Questions, How must a line be drawn so that the sun will 
 be over it at noon ? What is such a line called ? If this line be 
 extended to the poles, when will it be noon to those places un- 
 der it.' If it be carried round on the opposite side of the globe, 
 what time will it be to places under it there ? 
 
 How does the Sun appear to move ? What follows from 
 this? What time is it noon in Europe, compared with other 
 parts of the world ? What time is it in other parts of the 
 world when it is noon in Europe ? What is distance E. or W. 
 called, and why? How is longitude measured? How many 
 degrees can it be ? In what places do they have noon at the 
 same time ? When it is noon at any given place, how many 
 degrees from that place is it midnight ? How many degrees of 
 longitude make one hour's difference in time ? Where is it 
 marked on the map ? How many miles in a degree of longi- 
 tude? 
 
RACES OF MEN. 47 
 
 PROBLEMS. 
 
 I. To find the longitude of a place. 
 
 Look to the top or bottom of the map, or on the Equator, 
 and find the degree opposite the given place, taking care to 
 follow the course of the meridians. 
 
 Questions. What is the longitude from London, of Phila- 
 delphia ? What is that of Mexico from the same place ? Of the 
 Sandwich Islands ? Of China ? 
 
 II. To find the difference of time brtween any two places. 
 
 On the Chart of the World, (where the meridians are 
 drawn every 15 degrees,) count the number of meridians from 
 one place to the other, and you will have the number of hours 
 difference in their time. 
 
 If the place is East of the place given, the time of that place 
 is so many hours earlier than that of the place given ; If West, 
 so many hour- later than that of the place given. 
 
 Questions. What is the difference of time between Phila- 
 delphia and Mexico '" What between Philadelphia and the 
 Sandwich Islands, and China? What is the difference of time 
 between London and Philadelphia? What between London 
 and China ? What between London and Egypt ? 
 RACES OF MEN. 
 
 120. There are five races of men on the earth, 
 distinguished from each other by their features and 
 colour. 
 
 121. 1st. The European race, with features like 
 ours ; which includes Europeans and their descend- 
 ants, with the Moors of Africa, and the people of 
 western Asia and Persia. 
 
 In cool climates they have light complexions : but 
 in the warm climates of Asia, Africa, and the south of 
 Europe, they are swarthy, or brown. 
 
 122. 2d. The Asiatic or Mongolian race, of a deep 
 yellow, extending over the eastern parts of Asia. 
 They have straight black hair, small eyes set obliquely, 
 and projecting cheek bones. 
 
 The inhabitants of the Frigid Zone are like the 
 Mongolians, except that they are dwarfish. 
 
48 uEXERAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 123. 3d. The American or Indian race, who are 
 chiefly found in America, of a copper colour, with 
 straight black hair, and high cheek bones. 
 
 124. 4th. The Malay race, found in Malacca and 
 some of the Asiatic Islands, of a deep brown colour, 
 with black curled hair, and broad mouths and noses, 
 but otherwise with regular forms nnd features. 
 
 125. 5th. The African, or black race, with flat 
 noses, woolly hair, and thick lips, who are found 
 chiefly in Africa and Australasia. 
 
 *126. The scriptures inform us, that all these races 
 are brethren of the same family ; the children of the 
 same first parents. 
 
 * 1 27. The great difference between them has been 
 in part produced by the difference of climate, food, 
 dress, and modes of living ; and in part by other cau- . 
 es which we do not fully understand. 
 
 Questions. How many races of men are there ? What is j 
 the first race mentioned, and who belong to it ? What is their I 
 complexion? What is the second race? What are the pecu- , 
 liar features of the Mongolian race ? What are the people of I 
 the Frigid Zone?: Where is the Indian race found, and what < 
 are their peculiarities? Describe the Malay race. What is I 
 the fifth race ? To which race do we belong ? Are these races 
 from the same first parents : What has produced the differ- 
 ence ? 
 
 CIVILIZATION. 
 
 128. Men are found in five different states of socie- 
 ty ; the savage, barbarous, half-civilized, civilized, and 
 enlightened. 
 
 -9. The state of society depends on the know- 
 ledge of the people, their skill in the mechanic arts, 
 such as building weaving, working in iron, &c. and 
 their manners arm customs. 
 
 130. 1st. The savnge state is that in which : 
 gain their support chiefly by hunting, fishing, or robbe- 
 ry; dress in skins, and generally live in the 
 
b TAXES OF SOCIETY. 49 
 
 air, or in miserable huts. (See the engravings for the 
 NORTH WESTERN TERRITORY, SIBERIA, AUSTRALASIA.) 
 They have little knowledge of agriculture or the 
 mechanic arts, and no division of lands, or system of 
 laws. They seldom collect in towns or villages. 
 
 131. 2d. The barbarous state is that in which na- 
 tions subsist by agriculture, or the pasturage of cattle 
 and sheep, with some knowledge of the mechanic arts. 
 (See the engravings for CIRCASSIA, TARTARY, ARABIA, 
 and SOUTH AFRICA.) 
 
 Barbarous nations collect in villages, and have some 
 regular forms of government and religion ; but they 
 have no written language or books. 
 
 Savages and barbarians are usually cruel and re- 
 vengeful, and oblige their women to labour like slaves. 
 
 132. 3d. The half civilized state is like thr.t of the 
 Chinese, and other nations in the south of Asia, who 
 understand agriculture and many of the arts very well, 
 and have some books and learning, with established 
 laws and religion. 
 
 Still they treat their -women as slaves, and have many 
 other customs like those of barbarous nations. 
 
 133. 4th. In the civilized state, which is found in 
 Poland and South America, the sciences and arts are 
 well understood, especially the art of printing ; and 
 
 females are treated as companions. 
 
 Many of the customs of those civilized nations 
 which are not enlightened are still barbarous, and 
 most of the people remain in the grossest ignorance. 
 
 134. 5th. Enlightened nations are those in which 
 knowledge is more general, and the sciences and arts 
 are found in the greatest perfection, as in most of the 
 nations of Europe. 
 
 The degree of civilization of each country is shown 
 in the Chart of the World by several shades, which are 
 there explained. 
 
>.ENERAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Questions. What are the different stales of society among 
 men ? What is the savage state ? What can you say of the 
 knowledge and customs of savages ? What nations of the 
 world are in this state ? (See the Chart.) W T hat is the barba- 
 rous state ? What are the customs of these nations ? What na- 
 tions are barbarous? What is the general character of savage 
 and barbarous nations ? What is the half-civilized state ? What 
 knowledge have half-civilized nations: 1 How do they treat 
 their women ? What countries are half-civilized ? 
 
 Describe the state of civilized nations. What can you say of 
 their custom? and information ? What are enlightened nations ? 
 In what quarters of the world do you find civilized and en- 
 lightened nations ? What are those of each class in Europe and 
 America ? 
 
 CXXXV. GOVERNMENT. (For the Review.) 
 
 a. The first kind of government in the world was the 
 patriarchal, in which every father, or patriarch, governed his 
 own family and servants. 
 
 b. Some patriarchs became governors of many kindred 
 families, or a tribe, and were called chifft. 
 
 The government of savage and barbarous nations is usually 
 that of patriarchs, or chiefs, as among the Indians. 
 
 r. When particular chiefs become very powerful, they con- 
 quer many others, and become rulers of large countries. They 
 are then called monarchs, kings, or emperors. 
 
 d. dn absolute monarchy is a government in which the will 
 of the monarch is the laic, as in Turkey and Russia. 
 
 e. A republic if that government in which the people choose 
 their own rulers, as in the United States. 
 
 /. A limited monarchy combines these two governments, and 
 is that in which the people assist in making laws, which the 
 king is also obliged to obey, as in England. 
 
 On th'. Chart of the World, chiefs are indicated by stars : an 
 absolute monarchy by a crown : a republic by the Roman fasces 
 nnd the cap of liberty : and a limited monarchy by uniting the 
 tico last emblems. 
 
 Questions. What was the first kind of government ? What 
 was the next ? What is done by some chiefs ? What are they 
 then called : What is an absolute monarchy ? What absolute 
 monarchies in Europe and Asia ? What is a republic ? What 
 republic is there in Europe? What is a limited monarchy ? 
 Mention the limited monarchies in Europe. 
 
RELIGIO.V. 51 
 
 CXXXVI. RELIGION. (For the Review.) 
 
 U. The four prevailing religions of the world are, the Pa- 
 gan, Mahometan, Christian, and Jewish. 
 
 b. Pagans are those who believe in many false gods, and in 
 different nations worship the sun, stars, rivers, idols and even 
 beasts and insects. 
 
 Pagan Idol in India. 
 
 . They often torture themselves, destroy their children, 
 and practise other cruel and wicked rites to please their 
 gods, and obtain the forgiveness of their sins. (See the en- 
 gravings for HINDOOSTAN, THIBET, ToMKijv, and POLY- 
 NESIA.) 
 
 Pagan countries are distinguished on the Chart of the World 
 by an altar. 
 
 d. Mahometans are those who believe in Mahomet, an im- 
 postor in Arabia, who lived 600 years after Christ, and pre- 
 tended to be inspired. 
 
 . He commanded all his followers to go on a pilgrimage 
 to the temple of Mecca, and to kneel when they came near 
 it. 
 
 /. He forbade idolatry and the worship of many gods. But 
 he allowed sojae crimes, and promised the faithful a sensual 
 paradise h .reader. 
 
 Mahometan countries are distinguished on ike Char' by a 
 cressent, the standard of Mahomet. 
 
GENERAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Pilgrims to the Temple of Mecca. 
 
 g. Christian* are those who believe in Jesus Christ, as the 
 Saviour. 
 
 h. There are three great divisions of Christians Catholic, 
 Greek, and Protestant Christians, each having peculiar doctrines 
 and modes of worship. 
 
 t. Protestants are divided into various sects, of which the 
 principal are Lutherans, Episcopalians, Presbyterians, Congre- 
 gationalists, Baptists, Methodist?, and Friends, or Quak- 
 ers. 
 
 j. The J&ct are a people Scattered among all nations, who 
 believe in the Old Testament only, and expect a Saviour yet 
 to come. 
 
 k. It is supposed that there are more than 700 millions of 
 people on the earth. Of these 400 millions are Pagans ; 200 
 millions, Chrbtians ; 90 or 100 millions, Mahometans ; and 8 
 or 10 millions, Jews. 
 
 /. The savage, barbarous, and half-civilized nations 
 the world, are either Pagans, or Mahometans. The Ab 
 sinians profess to be Christians ; but their religion is ve 
 corrupt. 
 
 m. Little settlements have been formed in many Pagan 
 countries, called missionary stations, and missionaries have 
 been sent to civilize and instruct the people, by different 
 sects of Christians. Some tribes have thus been led to em- 
 brace Christianity, and have learned the arts of civilization. 
 
 Christian rountriet are distinguished on the Chart of the 
 World by a light cross, utiih the letter C, G, or P, near it. 
 
 a t; 
 
 I 
 
DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. uo 
 
 to indicate Catholic, Greek, or Protestant Christians. Mis- 
 ionary stations are denoted by a dark cross. 
 
 Questions. II. What are the prevailing religions of the 
 world? What are Pagans? What can you say of their 
 rites ? What countries of the world are chiefly Pagan ? 
 (See the Chart.) What are Mahometans? What pilgrim- 
 age did Mahomet require of his followers ? What did he 
 forbid, and what did he promise ? In what countries of the 
 world are Mahometans chiefly found ? (See the Chart.) 
 
 What are Christians? What are the great divisions of 
 Christians ? W r hat countries of America and Europe are 
 Catholic? What parts of Europe have the Greek religion? 
 How are Protestants divided ? What are the Protestant 
 countries of Europe and America ? What are Jews ? What 
 is supposed to be the number in the world of each religion ? 
 What is the religion of the savage, barbarous, and half-civi- 
 lized nations ? What has been done to instruct Pagan nations ? 
 What effect has been produced ? 
 
 DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 AMERICA. 
 
 137. America, or the new continent, on which we 
 live, was first made known to Europeans by Christo- 
 pher Columbus, a native of Genoa, in 1.492. 
 
 138. It is the second of the four quarters of the 
 globe in size, but probably the least populous. 
 
 139. This continent is distinguished for its large 
 rivers and lakes, and its lofty mountains, in which it 
 generally surpasses the eastern continent. 
 
 140. The countries of America are much colder 
 than those of Europe and Africa, in the same latitudes. 
 
 Questions. /. When was America discovered, and by whom? 
 In what direction does it lie from the eastern continent ? 
 (See the Map.) Between what oceans on the N. S. E. and 
 W. does it lie ? What is its size and population compared 
 with the other quarters of the world? For what is it distin- 
 guished ? How is its climate compared with that of Europe ? 
 What are the two great divisions of America ? (See the map.) 
 What isthmus connects the two portions ? What Islands lie 
 between them ? 
 
>4 . DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 141. North America, including Greenland, extends 
 from 10 to 80 or 85 N. latitude, and perhaps to 
 the pole. 
 
 142. The boundaries and geography of the north- 
 ern parts are very imperfectly known. La to discov- 
 eries render it probable that Greenland is separated 
 from the continent. 
 
 143. Almost every variety of climate and produc- 
 tion? is to be found in this extensive country. 
 
 144. The western coast has a mild climate, but the 
 northern and eastern parts are much colder fhan the 
 same latitude? in Europe. 
 
 145. The northern regions of North America, even 
 as far south as latitude 50', are barren and desolate 
 with frost. 
 
 146. The middle regions between 30 and 50 
 have snow during the winter ; and the countries in 
 the northern part of these regions have severe cold. 
 
 147. South of latitude 30, snow is unknown, ex- 
 cept in mountainous regions ; and coffee, the sugar- 
 cane and other tropical plants, are found in abundance. 
 
 148. The northern and western portions of North 
 America are inhabited almost entirely by Indians, in a 
 savage state. They are visited by Europeans only to 
 procure skins and furs. 
 
 149. The eastern pnrts, below 50 of latitude, were 
 long since colonized and peopled from European na- 
 tions ; 'and few of the Indians remain. 
 
 150. The United States, occupying the middle por- 
 tions of North America, is the only country which has 
 yet become independent. 
 
 The northern parts are under the government of 
 Great Britain, and the southern, under that of Spain, j 
 
 Questions. I. What is the extent of North America ? How 1 
 i= it bounded ? that is, what seas, countries, &c. are there on j 
 the North, East, South and West. (Sec the Map.} 
 
NORTH AMERICA. oa 
 
 In bounding countries, let the pupil always proceed in the 
 same order, beginning at the North, and going on to the East, 
 outh, and West. 
 
 Are the northern parts well known ? What can you say 
 generally of the climate ? What is the climate of the wes- 
 tern, and what of the other parts? What lakes does it con- 
 tain, and how do they compare with those of other parts of 
 the world? (See page 31, 62.) What is the most north- 
 ern country '. What territory lies next south of the Arctic 
 Circle? Describe the northern regions of North America. 
 What can you say of the middle regions? What country is 
 in the' middle regions ? What can you say of the southern 
 parts ? What Spanish provinces in the south, and what por- 
 tions of the United States? What islands lie in this latitude? 
 By whom are the northern and western parts inhabited ? By 
 whom were the eastern parts peopled ? What part of N< 
 America is independent ? 
 
 Questions on the Chart of the World. 
 
 Civilisation. /. What parts of North America are civil- 
 ized ? What are enlightened ? What parts are still in the 
 savage stal e ? 
 
 (Questions marked (II.') to be left for the Review.) 
 
 Government. //. What government do you find among 
 the Indians in the north and west? What is that of Canada 
 and the British provinces ? What is that of the United States ? 
 What of Mexico ? 
 
 Religion. //. What is the prevailing religion of the 
 northern portion ? What is that of the British provinces ? The 
 United States- Mexico? 
 
 Population. //. What is the probable population of all 
 North America ? Who inhabit the northern portion of North 
 America ? How many inhabitants, and what are they, in the 
 British Provinces ? Describe the population of the U. States. 
 What is the population of Mexico, and of whom is it composed ? 
 Questions on the Map of North America. 
 
 I. What is the most eastern point of North America ? What 
 is the most western ? What isthmus unites it to South Ameri- 
 ca ? What straits have been found separating the continent 
 from Greenland on the north ? What on the east ? What is 
 the southern cape of Florida ? Between what latitudes does 
 North America lie ? 
 
 Gu/ys, Bays, and Straits. I. What Gulf south of N. 
 America ? What two large bays in the N. E. ? What straits 
 5* 
 
a6 DESCRIPTION* OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 on the northern boundary ? What straits lead into Hudson's 
 Bay? What bay between Nova Scotia and New Bruns- 
 wick ? W r here are Beering's straits ? W r hat gulf and sounds 
 on the western coast? 
 
 Mountains. /. What is the course of the Rocky Moun- 
 tains ? What is the course of the Allegany ridge ? (See map 
 ef the United States.) What lofty mountains on the N. W. 
 coast p 
 
 Lakes. /. What six lakes lie between the U. States and 
 the British territories ? Which is the largest, and which the 
 smallest? What lake is next to the Lake of the Woods 
 on the north- we?t? What others beyond this in the same 
 direction? Which is the most northern? W'hat are the two 
 principal lakes of Mexico and Guatimala . How many de- 
 grees is it from Lake Nicaragua, to the Pacific Ocean ? Into- 
 what sea does it empty ? 
 
 Hirers. /. What are the two principal rivers flowing from, 
 the Rocky Mountains into the Pacific Ocean ? What two riv- 
 ers empty into the Arctic Ocean? Mention some of the riv- 
 ers emptying into Hudson's Bay. What river runs from the 
 great lakes into the Gulf of St. Lawrence ? What two great 
 rivers empty into the Gulf of Mexico? What are the two- 
 principal rivers thai flow into the Mississippi from the west? 
 What large river from the enst ? 
 
 II. Describe the branches of the Columbia. Through 
 what lakes does Mackenzie's River pass ? What lakes and 
 branches supply Churchill River? What river runs from 
 Lake Winnepeg to Hudson's Bay? What river flows from 
 Lake St. Joseph into Hudson's Bay? Are there any rivers or 
 importance in New Britain and Greenland? What is the size 
 of the two great rivers which flow into the gulf of Mexico ? 
 Where does the Mississippi rise? Describe its branches. 
 What branches has the Missouri, and on which side are they? 
 
 Boundaries and Capitals. /. How are the British terri- 
 tories bounded? Describe the chain of lakes which separates 
 them from the United States. What is the capital of Lower 
 Canada ' How are the United States and their territory 
 bounded? Where is the seat of general government? How 
 far west do the U. States proper extend ? How is Mexico 
 bounded ? What is its capital ? What are the boundaries of 
 Guatimala ? Its capital ? 
 
 Islands. /. What islands are there at the mouth of the 
 St. Lawrence ? . What is the largest on the coast of the Unit- 
 '! States? What island? are there at some distance east 
 

 
 NORTH AMERICA. 5,7 
 
 of the United States ? What islands lie between North and 
 South America ? Which is the largest ? What are the three 
 next in size ? 
 
 II. Describe the inhabitants, and their number, in Cuba 
 St. Domingo Porto Rico Jamaica The Caribbean Islands. 
 (See Chart of the World.) What name is given to the most 
 northern group of Islands ? Mention some of the small islands 
 called the Caribbean, lying east of Porto Rico. Which is the 
 most southern and largest of these ? What two islands on the 
 coast of South America, west of Tobago? What are the 
 principal islands on the western coast ? 
 
 Questions on the Map of the United Stales. 
 
 L What ocean bounds the United States on the east ? What 
 gulf on the south ? What lakes on the north ? What bay is 
 there on the coast of Massachusetts, and what are its capes ? 
 What islands south of Massachusetts and Rhode Island ? What 
 island and sound S. of Connecticut ? What is the eastern 
 point of Long Island called ? What bay lies S. of Pennsylva- 
 nia ? What are its capes ? What bay and capes S. of Mary- 
 land ? Which is the largest? What states lie upon each? 
 What sounds are there on the coast of N. Carolina ? What 
 inlets lead into them ? What capes on this coast? What islands 
 on the coast of Georgia and Florida ? 
 
 Mountains. 7. What is the principal range of mountains in 
 the United States ? Through what states do they pass ? What 
 branch passes into Tennessee? 
 
 //. What is the most eastern ridge called ? Where do the 
 rivers empty which rise on the eastern side of these mountains? 
 What great river receives most of those on the western side ? 
 What ranges of mountains are there in the north-eastern states? 
 
 Rivers. /. Where is the Hudson river? What are the six 
 principal rivers emptying into the Atlantic, east of the Hudson ? 
 Which is the largest ? What two large rivers are next south of 
 the Hudson ? What rivers empty into Albemarle Sound^? 
 What into Pamlico Sound ? What large river runs into the 
 Gulf of Mexico ? What are the principal branches? 
 
 //. What is the course of the Connecticut River, through 
 what states does it pass, where does it empty, and what is its 
 comparative size ? Describe in the same manner, the other five 
 principal rivers of N. England. 
 
 The pupil should be taught to mention all these particulars 
 concerning every river he describes, leithovt minute questions. 
 
00 DESCRIPTION OF COV5TRIE-. 
 
 //. Describe the Hudson River and its principal branch. 
 Describe the two large rivers next south of the Hudson, and 
 their branches. What is the general course of the rivers 
 which have been described . What is the general course of 
 the rivers which empty into the Atlantic, south of the Sus- 
 quehannah ? What rivers empty into Chesapeake Bay, and 
 on which ide ? What considerable branch has the Potomac? 
 Describe the river? emptying into Albemarle Sound, and their 
 branches. Describe those emptying into Pamlico Sound. 
 What rivers are found between these and Savannah River? 
 Describe their source, size, and branches. Describe the Sa- 
 vannah, and the rivers S. of it emptying into the Atlantic. 
 What river forms the southern boundary of Georgia? What is 
 the principal river of East Florida ? 
 
 //. What river passes through Florida, into the gulf of 
 Mexico ? What branches form it ? Mention the eastern and 
 western branches of the Mobile River, which empties at the 
 town of Mobile. What two rivers between the Mobile and 
 the Mississippi ? What are the two principal branches of the 
 -ippi, S. of the Ohio? What two rivers form the Ohio, 
 and where do they rise : Describe the principal branches of 
 the Ohio on the south side, beginning at the mouth. Describe 
 those on the north side. What branches has the Mississippi, 
 N. of the Ohio ? What are the three largest western branches 
 of the Miniasippi ? What one N. of the Missouri? What be- 
 tween the Missouri and Arkan^aw : Where are the Osage and 
 Wachitta, or Ouachitta ? 
 
 Lak't. //. Where is Lake Michigan, and with what lake 
 Joes it communicate? What lake between Huron and Erie? 
 What river empties into it ? What rivers empty into Lake 
 Erie, and from what state ? What river and falls between 
 Erie and Ontario? What empty into Lake Ontario? What 
 states lie upon these lakes ': What lake E. of Ontario, and how < 
 is it connected with the St. Lawre.ice What small lake is 
 connected with this ? What small lake E. of Champlain, and 
 what river passes from it ? What lakes in Maine ? 
 
 Boundaries and Capitals. /. What six states lie east of the 
 Hudson River '. What are their boundaries and seats of gov- 
 ernment, beginning at the most eastern ? What four states lie 
 next to these, east of Maryland and Ohio? Mention the 
 boundaries and capitals of each. What eight states lie on 
 the Mississippi, and its branches, and what are their bounda- 
 ries and capitals : What six states lie east of these, on the At- 
 lantic and Golf of Mexico ? What are their boundaries and 
 
DANISH AMERICA. 53- 
 
 capitals ? Where is Florida ? What three other territories, near 
 the states which have been mentioned ? 
 
 The following is a sketch of some of the more difficult 
 boundaries, wiili blanks for the names which the pupil should 
 fill up from the map. 
 
 Maine is bounded N. by - ; E. by - ; S. 
 by the - Ocean? and W. by - . New Hampshire 
 is bounded N. by - : ; E. by - and the - 
 Ocean; S. by - ; and W by - River, which sep- 
 arates it from - . Rhode Island is bounded N. and E. 
 by -- ; S. by - Ocean; and W. by - . Del- 
 aware is bounded N. by -- ; E. by - River and 
 bay, which separate it from - ; S. and W. by -- . 
 Maryland is bounded N. by - ; E. by - and - 
 Ocean ; S. and W. by - River, which separates it from. 
 South Carolina is bounded N. and N. E. by 
 
 . . . 
 
 S. E. by - the Ocean ; and S. W. by - River, which 
 separates it from - . 
 
 Latitudes and Longitudes in JV. America. - //. What 
 parts of North America are between 50 and 60 of north 
 latitude? What parts between 40 and 50? What 
 between 30 and 40? What is nearly the latitude of 
 Quebec and Montreal? Of Washington? Of New-Orleans? 
 Of Mexico ? Of the West-Indies ? Find the longitude from 
 London, of Philadelphia, New-Orleans and Mexico. What 
 is the difference of time, between these places and London ? Is 
 their time faster or slower? (See the Chart of the World, and 
 page 45.) 
 
 DANISH AMERICA. 
 GREENLAND. 
 
 151. The coast of Greenland is usually lined with 
 immense islands of ice. The white bear is often found 
 floating upon them. 
 
 152. This cold desolate region belongs to the Dane*. 
 It is valuable principally on account of the fisheries 
 on the coast. 
 
 153. It is inhabited by about 20,000 Esquimaux* 
 Indians, and 8,000 or 10,000 Norwegians, with some 
 Moravian missionaries. 
 
 * Pronounced Eskerao.. 
 
t ; l> DESCRIPTION OK COCNTRIt?. 
 
 Ice Islands and the White Bear. 
 
 Questions /. In what direction is Greenland 1'rom the Uni- 
 ted States ; What is the southern cape > What straits sepa- 
 rate it from Labrador? What island and settlement on the 
 "western coast ? 
 
 RUSSIAN AMERICA. 
 
 154. The island of Spitzbergen, which is sometimes 
 considered as a part of America, belongs to Russia. 
 
 155. The Russians also possess a part of the North- 
 West Coast of North-America, and hold about 50,000 
 Indians in subjection. 
 
 156. The people of this region resemble those of 
 Siberia, and probably came from Asia. 
 
 Questions. /. Where is Spitzbergen, and to whom does it 
 belong? (See map of Ike World.) What is the most western 
 cape of North America r What peninsula south of it? 
 
 II. What sound and inlet near Alaska ? What mountains 
 on the coast, and of what. height r Where is Portlock Har- 
 bour? What parts ot I Hay and of Greenland are 
 nearly in the same latitude : What parts of Europe are in this 
 latitude ? 
 
 BRITISH AMERICA. 
 
 157. The British possessions in N. America may be 
 divided into three portions ; the North- West Territo- 
 ry, lying west of Hudson's Bay ; New-Britain, east of 
 this bay; and the British Provinces, on the south-east. 
 
BRITISH AMERICA. (j 1 
 
 158. They extend from the Atlantic Ocean to the 
 Rocky Mountains, on the north of the United States. 
 
 NORTH-WEST BRITISH TERRITORY. 
 
 159. The North-West British Territory is a frozen, 
 barren, inhospitable region, lying north of latitude 50". 
 
 160. The animals of this territory furnish great 
 quantities of furs, which are conveyed by the Indians 
 and traders in canoes, o light, that they carry them 
 from one stream to another. 
 
 Indians carrying their canoes. 
 
 161. It is inhabited by the Esquimaux Indians, on 
 the coast, and the Knisteneaux* and Chipewayans, in 
 the interior, with only a few trading settlements of 
 whites. 
 
 Questions. /. How may the British possessions be divided? 
 How are they bounded? (See the. Map) Describe the south- 
 ern boundary. What bay do they include ? 
 
 //. What divisions are made around Hudson's Bay ? What 
 large lakes are there ? What are the chief rivers runnin- 
 north? What rivers empty into Hudson's Bay? What ar- 
 ticles of commerce are furnished by the N. W. British Ter- 
 ritory? What fort and trading houses on Hudson's Bay? 
 Where is the most northern, and where is the most western 
 
 * Pronounced Nisteno. 
 
tjZ DESCRIPTION OF COUSTRIES. 
 
 trading house ? What can you say of this region ? How is itf 
 inhabited ? 
 
 NEW BRITAIN. 
 
 162. New Britain is colder than the North-Western 
 Territory. It is inhabited by a few Indians, some of 
 whom have been taught and civilized by European 
 missionaries. 
 
 Question*. /. What can you say of New-Britain ? What in- 
 dians are found on the coast, and what in the interior ? (See 
 map.") What missionary station on the Labrador coast? (Two 
 other* have been established in Labrador.) What provinces lie 
 S. of it ? 
 
 BRITISH PROVINCES. 
 
 Upper Canada Loa-er Canada .Yea 1 Brunswick 
 ffava. Scotia J\'ercfoundland Prince Edward. 
 
 Falls of Niagara, 
 
 163. The cataract of Niagara, in Upper Canada, is* 
 probably the grandest in the world. The stream is 
 three-quarters of a mile wide, divided by an island in 
 the middle. It falls 150 feet, and the roar maybe 
 heard 15 miles. 
 
 164. The climate of Lower Canada is severely cold ; 
 that of Upper Canada, New Brunswick and Nova Sco- 
 tia, is more mild. All these are productive and flour- 
 ishing provinces. 
 
 J"65. The French inhabitants, the most numerous ii^ 
 
63 
 
 Lower Canada, are superstitious and ignorant The 
 British and Americans, especially in Upper Canada , 
 have better characters and more information. 
 
 166. Newfoundland, Cape Breton and Prince Ed- 
 ward are cold, barren islands. They are chiefly in- 
 habited and resorted to, on account $f the fisheries 
 near them, and the inhabitants are rude and uneducated. 
 
 Questions. /. How are the British Provinces divided? 
 How are they bounded ? What great natural curiosity do 
 they contain ? Where is Niagara, and what .lake empties over 
 these falls. (See map of the United States.') What is the climate 
 of Canada, and the other provinces on the continent ? What 
 can you say of the people ? What can you say of the provinces 
 on the islands, and their inhabitants? 
 
 Questions on the map. II. Which is the most eastern 
 British Province ? How is it bounded ? What is the chief 
 settlement ? Where are Cape Breton, and Prince Edward or 
 St. Johns? What settlement in Cape Breten? What other 
 islands in the Gulf of St. Lawrence ? What one on the coast 
 of Nova Scotia ? How is Nova Scotia bounded ? What is the 
 capital ? What other principal places ? (See*map of the United 
 States.') What cape at the south? What are the bound- 
 aries of Lower Canada and of Upper Canadaj? What river di- 
 vides them in part ? What is the capital, and what are the 
 other principal places of Lower Canada ? (See map of the 
 United States.) ,What of Upper Canada ? How is New Bruns- 
 wick bounded ? What are its principal places ? With what lakes 
 does the St. Laurence communicate ? What lake lies N. of' 
 Lake Huron ? 
 
 THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 167. The United States were formerly colonies, or 
 provinces, of Great-Britain. 
 
 On the 4th of July, 1776, thfcf were declared inde- 
 pendent, and a few years after, the present constitu- 
 tion, or system of government, was formed. 
 
 168. There are now twenty-four separate states, 
 united in one republic, and four territories, besides 
 the great western territory, or Territory of Missouri. 
 
 6 
 
DESCRIPTION OF COUXTJIIES. 
 
 169. The United States are usually spoken of in 
 four divisions the Extern, Western, Middle, and 
 Southern States. 
 
 The six Eastern States are those east of the Hudson. 
 
 The Western States are those which lie on the 
 Mississippi and|its branches. 
 
 The four Middle States are between the Eastern 
 and Western States, as far south s Maryland. 
 
 The six Southern States are those south of these, 
 lying on the Atlantic and the Gulf of Mexico. 
 CLXX. (For the Reiitic.) 
 
 a. The laws of the United States are made by a Cor 
 which consists of a House of Representatives, chosen every two 
 years by the people of each state according to their population; 
 and of a Senate of two from each state, chosen for six years. 
 
 b. The laws are executed by the President, who is chosen 
 by the votes of all the States every four years, assisted by the 
 
 iry of State and the Secretaries of War, of the >"avy, 
 and of the Treasury. 
 
 c. The President and Senate appoint the inferior officers of 
 government, and those of the army and navy. 
 
 d. Each of the states has an independent government, with 
 distinct laws for itself, much like that of the United States, 
 with a governor at the head. The territories are under the 
 general government. 
 
 f. On the eastern continent, especially in Europe, the laws 
 make distinctions in the privilege? of the people, according to 
 their rank and religion. 
 
 f. The constitution of the United States does not make any 
 distinctions of rank, except in the officers of government ; and 
 all religions are allowed which do not disturb the good order ol 
 society. 
 
 g. The climate and s^p various in different parts of the 
 United States ; but almdflRl parts jpill produce in abundance 
 wheat, rye. Indian cor id oats, with beans, peas and 
 
 yother vegetables, and excellent fruits 
 
 h. The northern parts, extending from 41 to 45 of north 
 latitude, have severe winters and much snow. 
 
 Thi portion is best fitted for pasturage, and the coarser 
 grains, rye. oats and barley ; but it also produces good wheat 
 and fine fruits. 
 
 t. The middle regions, betWMB 41 and 36 or 36J of 
 
UNITED STATES. 65 
 
 latitude, have mild winters and little snow ; and the heat of 
 summer is longer continued and more constant than it is farther 
 north. 
 
 This portion of the United States abounds in excellent grain 
 and fine fruits, and between 40 and 36, is well suited for the 
 cultivation of tobacco. 
 
 i. In the southern parts, between 36 and 30, the climate 
 is warm. Snow is uncommon, and cotton, rice, olives, figs, 
 pomegranates, and other fruits of warm climates flourish. 
 
 fc. South of 30, snow is unknown, and the productions of 
 the Torrid Zone are found. 
 
 /, The inhabitants of the United States are Europeans, or 
 their descendants, except the African slaves, principally found 
 in the Southern States, and about 100,000 Indians, chiefly in. 
 the Western States. 
 
 TO. The value of goods imported into the United Slates from 
 other countries, in one year, may be estimated at 70 millions 
 of dollars ; and the exports, most of which are produced or 
 manufactured in the United States, are of about the same 
 value. 
 
 n. The value of articles manufactured in the United States 
 in 1810, was from 150 to 200 millions of dollars. The quantity 
 and excellence of these articles has been rapidly increas- 
 ing. 
 
 Questions. /. To whom did the United States formerly be- 
 long ? When did they become independent ? How many states 
 and how many territories are there ? What division is com- 
 monly made of the United States ? Which are the Eastern 
 States? The Western States? The Middle States? The 
 Southern States ? 
 
 //. By whom are the laws of the United States made ? 
 By whom are they executed? Who appoint the inferior 
 officers of government? What are the governments of the par- 
 ticular States ? What distinctions are made among the people 
 in Europe ? Do the laws of the United States make these dis- 
 tinctions ? 
 
 //. What can you say of the climate and productions of 
 the United States ? What is the climate between 41 and 
 15 north latitude ? What are the chief productions ? 
 What states are included in this region ? What can you 
 say of the middle regions ? What are their productions ? 
 What is the latitude of Philadelphia ? Washington ? 
 
 Lexington, (Ken.) ? Norfolk, (Vir.) ?. What states lie 
 
 north of the parallel of 42 degrees ? What states between 
 
tit) DESCRIPTION OF COCNTRIES. 
 
 42 and 36i? What states between 36 and 30 r What 
 are their climate and productions ? What states are bounded on 
 the parallel of 42 ? What on those of 36 and 35 ? What 
 is the latitude of Xewbern of Charleston of Savannah of 
 New Orleans' What parts of the United States lie S. of 30? 
 What can you say of their climate ? Who are the inhabitants of 
 the United States ? What is the value of the imports and ex- 
 ports of the United States ? What is that of the manufactures ' 
 
 EASTERN STATES, OR NEW ENGLAND. 
 
 J\Iaine Ke^'-Hampshire Vermont Massachusetts 
 
 Connecticut Rhode Island. 
 
 The Whale Fishery. 
 
 171. Commerce and the Fisheries have hitherto 
 been the chief sources of wealth to New England. 
 
 172. This small and populous portion of the United 
 States is colder and less fertile than the rest ; but it 
 abounds in good pasturage, corn, and rye, and pro- 
 duces much fine fruit. 
 
 173. The eastern coast of New England is generally 
 level. The western and northern parts are mountain- 
 ous, and the interior is uneven and hilly. 
 
 174. The northern parts are cold, dry and healthy ; 
 the southern parts have a milder, but more variable 
 climate ; the eastern coast is exposed to bleak, clamp 
 winds from the ocean. 
 
 CLXXV. (For the Review.) 
 
 n. The Eastern Stated cpntain two of the first literary j 
 
EASTERN UNITED STATES. 67 
 
 institutions in the United States Harvard University at 
 Cambridge, near Boston, (Mass.) and Yale College at New- 
 Haven, (Con.) 
 
 b. There are six other colleges at Providence (R. I.) Wil- 
 liamstown, (Mass. N. W. part) Hanover, (N. H.) Middlebury 
 and Burlington, (Ver.) and Brunswick, (Me.); and a colle- 
 giate institution at Amherst, (Mass.) 
 
 c. The institutions at Cambridge, New-Haven, and Hano- 
 ver have medical colleges connected with them. 
 
 d. The Law School at Litchfield, and the Asylum for the 
 Deaf and Dumb at Hartford, (Conn.) are well known. 
 
 e. There are five institutions for the education of clergy- 
 men at Andover and Cambridge, (Mass.) New Haven, 
 (Conn.) and Bangor and Waterville, (Maine.) 
 
 /. Almost all parts of New England are furnished with 
 schools, supported by law, where every person may receive a 
 common education, and with an unusual proportion of church- 
 es and ministers. 
 
 g. In consequence of these institutions, few are found in 
 these states who cannot read and write, and knowledge is 
 constantly and rapidly spread by the numerous books and 
 newspapers which are published. 
 
 h. The people are generally distinguished for industry, en- 
 terprize, and intelligence, and for good education and good 
 morals. Few, comparatively, suffer from poverty. 
 
 i. The inhabitants of the coast procure dried fish, whale 
 oil, and spermaceti from their fisheries ; and those of the 
 interior obtain beef, pork, butter, and cheese from their farms, 
 and lumber and potash from their forests. These articles are 
 their chief exports. 
 
 j. The people of New England are principally clothed and 
 supplied from their own productions and manufactures. 
 
 k. These states excel any others of equal extent in the 
 Union, in the tonnage of their ships ; and also in the value of 
 their manufactures, which are sent to other states in lare 
 quantities. 
 
 Questions. /. From what has the wealth of New England 
 been chiefly derived ? How are the Eastern States bounded ? 
 Between what latitudes do they lie ? What are their climate 
 and chief productions ? What is the face of the country ? 
 Describe the climate of each portion. 
 
 //. What colleges has New England? What medical in- 
 stitutions? What other institutions? What other 'means of 
 6* 
 
DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 education and instruction ? What is the general character of 
 
 the people ? What are the most important productions and 
 
 exports of New England? Whence do the people obtain most 
 
 of the supplies they need ? What is the state of commerce 
 
 and manufactures in New England ? What is the chief river 
 
 f New England ? (See the map.) Which is the largest town ? 
 
 w hat two are next in population ? 
 
 MAINE. 
 
 176. Maine is the most recently settled of the East- 
 ern States. A large part of it is still covered with 
 forests. 
 
 The extensive seacoast and fine harbours of Maine 
 are favourable to commerce, and it is now the fourth 
 state in the Union in the quantity of its shipping. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Describe the boundaries, rivers, 
 and capital of Maine ? 
 
 //. What river separates it from New Brunswick on the 
 east '". What are the chief seaports and where ? What towns 
 in the interior ? Where is it? college ? What two other insti- 
 tutions has it? (Sec CLXXV. b. and e.) (Face of the countn/, 
 173 Climate 174.*) 
 
 NEW HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 177. New Hampshire is a cold, but productive 
 Slate, remarkable for the White mountains, the highest 
 in the United States. 
 
 Its trade is chiefly carried on through the seaports 
 of Massachusetts. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Describe the boundaries, river, 
 and capital of New Hampshire. What mountains has it ? 
 
 //. What seaport has New Hampshire, and in what part ? 
 Where is its college ? What other towns on the Connecticut 
 tiver? What five towns around the capital, in different direc- 
 tions? (Productions, 172 Face, 173 Climate, 174.) 
 
 * The face of the country, Climate, and Productions of each 
 slate may usually be learned from the description of the 
 division to which it belongs. To assist the pupil, these refer- 
 ences are made to the numbers of the articles, where the 
 information is found. Thus it is stated, that the northern part 
 of New England is mountainous ; and as Maine is in the" north - 
 ei2> part, this description applies to it. 
 
EASTERN UNITED STATES. by 
 
 VERMONT. 
 
 178. Vermont takes its name from the Green Moun- 
 tains, which pass through it, and render its air remark- 
 ably pure and healthy. 
 
 The trade of Vermont is chiefly with the neighbour- 
 ing states. 
 
 Questions on the Map. /. Describe the boundaries, rivers 
 and capital of Vermont. What is the course of the Green 
 Mountains ? What places on the Connecticut? 
 
 //. In what towns are its two colleges, and where are they 
 situated ? What is the most northern town ? Where is Ben- 
 ninglon? (Face, 173 Climate, 174.) 
 
 ' MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 /J 79. Massachusetts was the first settled state in New- 
 England, and is the most thickly settled in the union. 
 
 Although one of the smallest states, it is first, except 
 yiNew-York, in commerce, and among the first in manu- 
 factures and wealth. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Describe the boundaries, rivers 
 and capital of Massachusetts. What bay and capes has it? 
 What seaports N. of Boston ? Where is Plymouth, the spot on 
 which the forefathers of N. England first landed ? 
 
 II. What port on the southern coast ? What town N. of it? 
 What islands near it ? What are the principal places on the 
 Connecticut river ? What are the principal places between the 
 coast and the river? What one west of the Connecticut? 
 Where are Harvard University and Williamstown College r 
 (CLXXV. a. and 6.) (Prod. 172. Face, 173. C/i .174.) 
 C9NNECTICUT. 
 
 180. Connecticut is one of the three smallest states 
 in the Union; but in exports, manufactures and wealth, 
 it is superior to half the larger states. 
 
 It has been much distinguished for its men of genius 
 and learning, and for the general regularity and good 
 order of the people. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Describe the boundaries, chief 
 river, and two capitals of Connecticut. 
 
 (The rivsr emptying at New-London is the Thames, and that 
 west of the Connecticut is the Housatonic.') 
 
 What are the two principal places E. of the Connecticut 
 
lO DESCRIPTION OF COUNTKH -. 
 
 River What town below Hartford on the Connecticut ? (Say- 
 brook litf a I the movlh.) 
 
 II. What is the chief town on the coast, W. of New-Ha- 
 Ten? What one N. of New-Haven? What literary institution! 
 has Connecticut? (CLXXV.) (Prod. 172 Face, 173.) 
 RHODE ISLAND. 
 
 181. Rhode Island is chiefly distinguished for it- 
 flourishing manufactures. 
 
 From the situation of Rhode Island, the climate is 
 milder than in other parts of New England. Its isl- 
 ands are celebrated for beauty and fertility. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Describe the boundaries of Rhode 
 Island and its capital. What other principal port and how 
 situated ? (Bristol is a commercial place E. of Providence.} 
 
 II. What island south of Rhode Island ? Where is the col- 
 lege of Rhode Island ? Why is the climate of this state mildei 
 than that of Vermont? (See } 114j. 41.) 
 
 MIDDLE STATES. 
 Aeic-I'orfc JVeic Jersty Pennsylvania DeJairare. 
 
 182. The most important production of the Middle 
 States is wheat. Large quantities of flour are export- 
 ed from them to other parts of America and to Europe. 
 
 183. Except the northern part of New-York, the 
 Middle States have a milder climate, and more fertile 
 soil than the Eastern States. 
 
 184. They are generally healthy, except on the 
 marshy borders of the lakes and rivers. 
 
MIDDLE UNITED STATES. . 71 
 
 CLXXXV. (For the Review.) 
 
 a. These states contain the two first medical institutions in 
 the country, one at Philadelphia, connected with a university, 
 and another at New- York. They have also two distinguished 
 colleges, at Princeton in New Jersey, and at Schenectady in 
 New-York, besides others, at New- York, and Clinton, (N. Y.) 
 and at Carlisle, Meadville, Washington and Canonsburg, 
 (Penn.) 
 
 b. There are two theological seminaries in the state of New- 
 York at Auburn, and New- York ; and two in New Jersey, 
 at Princeton and Brunswick. 
 
 :. There are two institutions for the education of the deaf 
 arid dumb, one in New- York, and one in Philadelphia. 
 
 d. Public schools are not generally established in the Mid- 
 dle States, except in the state of New- York. 
 
 e. The population of these states has been rapidly increasing, 
 and great improvements have been made within twenty years 
 past. 
 
 /. They were chiefly settled by emigrants from England, 
 Holland, Germany, Ireland and the Eastern States, and each 
 preserves much of its own national character. 
 
 g. If the higher classes have more wealth and refinement 
 than in the Eastern States, the lower classes are more rude 
 and ignorant, and the poor more numerous. 
 
 h. These states surpass the other portions of the United 
 States in wealth, and in the value of their manufactures. 
 
 i. By means of canals, some parts of which are already com- 
 pleted, the navigable rivers of these states will probably be 
 connected with tho lakes and the Mississippi. 
 
 Questions. /. (See the map.} How are the Middle States 
 bounded? Between what latitudes are they? Which is the 
 smallest and most southern ? Which is the next larger, and 
 which are the largest ? Which lie immediately on the 
 Atlantic? Which are on the lakes? How is Pennsylvania 
 situated? What is the chief production of these states? What 
 is their climate ? 
 
 //. Mention their literary institutions. What theological 
 seminaries are there? What provision is made for the educa- 
 tion of the poor ? What can you say of the improvement of 
 these states ? How were these states settled ? What can you say 
 of the character of the people? How do the Middle States com- 
 pare with the other divisions of the Union, in manufactures and 
 wealth ? What advantages can they derive from canah f 
 
:.rriJu.V 0> 
 
 NEW- YORK. 
 
 186. New-York is the richest, and one of the largesl, 
 most populous, and commercial states in the Union. 
 
 The eastern part was principally settled by the 
 Dutch ; the western part, by emigrants from New- 
 England. 
 
 A canal has already been completed by this state, unit- 
 ing Lake Chatnplain to the Hudson, and the greaterpart 
 of another, intended to unite the Hudson wit h Lake Erie. 
 
 Qufstivnt on the map. 7. What are the boundaries of New- 
 
 What rivers in the eastern part : What in the western 
 
 What two large rivers rise in this state : Where is th 
 
 capital ? What is the chief city, and where ? (Situated on an 
 
 t.'land.) 
 
 II. What are the two principal towns on the east side of Hudson 
 River.' What towns on the west bank, beginning' at the mouth? 
 What towns on and near the Mohawk River .' W r hat places ou 
 Lake Champlain : What is the principal one on the St. Law- 
 rence ? What place: on Lake Ontario : W 7 hat on Niagara 
 River: What places near the small lakes ? Where is Oswego? 
 Rochester: Leicester: Batavia : What places in the southern 
 part : What lake ? What large island east of New-York city ? 
 Stale n Island lies between Long Island and JVV IT Jersey.) What 
 are some of the principal places on Long Island : What is the 
 eastern point called: Where is Gardiner's Island ? WTiat liter- 
 ary institutions has New- York, {Set CLXXXV. a. and 6.) 
 (Clinton is nine miles westofUtica.) 
 
 Several small lakes in the interior of .\eic-York, are numbered 
 en the map, as foliates : 1. Skeneateles L. 2. Otcasco L. 3. 
 Cayitga L. 4. Seneca L. 5. Crooked L. 6. Canandaigua L. 
 ~. Canetus L. 
 
 Which is the most eastern of the small lakes of N. York: 
 On what lake is Skeneateles ? Auburn? Geneva? Canaudai- 
 gua? (Productions, 182 Climate, 183, 184.) 
 PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 187. Pennsylvania is a large, fertile, well cultivated 
 and wealthy state. It is level in the south-east, and 
 mountainous or hilly in mo?t other p;i: 
 
 German, Dutch and Irish emigrants, form nearly 
 half the population of Pennsylvania, many of whom 
 do not speak English. 
 
MIDDLE tf.MTED STATES. 73 
 
 The English inhabitants are generally well inform- 
 ed, and science is much cultivated among them. The 
 common people of other classes have little education. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Describe the boundaries and riv- 
 ers of Pennsylvania. What mountains pass through it ? De- 
 scribe the capital and the chief city. 
 
 II. What town on the Schuylkill ? What inland town W. of 
 it? What four town* W. in the same latitude ? What is the' 
 principal town in the western part of the state, and how situ- 
 ated ?' What places S. of it? Where is Meadville? What 
 towns on the Susquehannah and its branches ? Where are 
 Easton and Reading? What are the literary institutions of 
 Pennsylvania? (CLXXXV. a. and c.) (Prod. 182. Cli. 183.) 
 NEW JERSEY. 
 
 188. New Jersey is level, barren and sandy in the 
 south, and productive, though mountainous, in the 
 north ; but the middle portion of the state is most fer- 
 tile. 
 
 The people are generally industrious, frugal and 
 hospitable, and in many parts, well informed. 
 
 Although this state is among the six smallest in the 
 Union, it is among the first six in wealth, and in the 
 value of its manufactures. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Describe the boundaries of 
 New Jersey. Where is the seat of government? 
 
 The Raritan, passing by Brunsicick, and the Passaick and 
 Hackemack, two small streams on the east, are the principal 
 riven of New Jersey, 
 
 II. What towns between Trenton and Philadelphia ? What 
 places on Delaware Bay .' What harbours on the coast? What 
 is the southern cape, and what the northern of this coast ? 
 What town in the northern part, remarkable for the falls of the 
 Passaick river ? What literary institutions in this state ? 
 (CLXXXV. a. and b.) (Prod. 182 Cli. 1834.) 
 DELAWARE. 
 
 189. Delaware is a very small, but fertile state, re- 
 markable for fine wheat, and numerous flour mills and 
 manufacturing establishments. 
 
 Questions on the map. I. Describe the boundaries of Dela- 
 ware. The capital and other towns. What cape has it ? 
 Wilmington, on the Delaware., is one of the principal towns. 
 
i 4 KIPTIOX OF COVXT 
 
 SOUTHERN STATES. 
 
 Maryland Virginia .V. Carolina 5. Carolina 
 Georgia Alabama. 
 
 Rice. Cotton. Tobacco. 
 
 190. The Southern States extend from the boundaries 
 of Pennsylvania and Delaware, to those of Mississippi 
 and Florida, all lying on the Atlantic, except Alabama. 
 
 191. The northern parts abound in wheat and In- 
 dian corn ; but rice, cotton and tobacco are the most 
 rateable productions of these states, and are important 
 articles of commerce. 
 
 192. The country ou the coast of the Southern 
 States, from 100 to 200 miles in breadth, is generally 
 low, sandy and barren, except the marshy, moist por- 
 tions on the bays^and sounds. 
 
 193. The climate of the low country is very hot 
 and unhealthy in the summer. The back parts are 
 mountainous, and enjoy a better climate. 
 
 The winters are mild, and snow seldom falls in 
 large quantities ; the heat of summer is more op- 
 pressive than in the northern states, chiefly because it 
 is more constant, and longer continued. 
 CXCIV (For the Renev.) 
 
 a. There is a flourishing medical institution, besides two 
 colleges, at Baltimore. There are also universities or col- 
 kges at the city of Washington, at Williamsburgh and Prince 
 Edward, (Vir.) Chapel Hill, (N. C. ) Columbia, (S. C. ) and 
 
>oUTHERN UNITED STATES. <& 
 
 Athens, (Geo.) . A new university is established at Gharlotts- 
 ville, (Vir.) 
 
 b. The inhabitants of the Southern States usually live oa 
 large plantations, so far from each other, that there are few 
 towns or villages, and of course, few churches and common 
 schools, compared with those of the northern states. 
 
 c. In consequence of this, the lower classes hare little educa- 
 tion. 
 
 d. Nearly one half the population consists of slaves, extremely 
 ignorant and degraded, who perform almost all the labour. 
 
 e. The higher classes are hospitable and liberal, and many 
 are well educated. 
 
 /. The state of morals and manners in the Southern States^ 
 has been improving for several years past. 
 
 g. These states are more extensive than the Middle anfl 
 Eastern States together, and exceed either of these divisions in 
 the amount of their exports ; but the value of property, excenj; 
 slaves, has been less than in the Middle States. 
 
 Questions. /. Which are the Southern States? How are 
 they bounded ? What are the chief productions ? What is the 
 face of the country and climate on the coast ? What in the 
 interior? What is the comparative temperature of these 
 states ? 
 
 //. What literary institutions are there ? Are the inhabi- 
 tants of these states thickly settled ? What is the character of 
 the lower classes ? What is the proportion of slaves here ? 
 What are some of the characteristics of the higher classes? 
 What improvement has been taking place? What is the ex- 
 tent of the Southern States compared with the Eastern and 
 Middle States ; and what their exports and wealth ? Which is 
 the largest of these states ? Which is the most northern, anti 
 which the most southern ? Which lies on the Gulf of Mexico ! 
 
 MARYLAND. 
 
 195. Maryland is generally low, moist, and un- 
 healthy, especially on the eastern side of the Chesa- 
 peake Bay. 
 
 It is very fertile, yielding wheat and tobacco of the- 
 best quality. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What bay divides Maryland? 
 Describe the boundaries, rivers, capital and chief city. 
 
 Ft. What are the towns N. of BaltimtJTe ? What on the 
 7 
 
-b DESCRIPTION F COUNTRIES. 
 
 eastern shore of the Chesapeake Bay ? What one on the Fo- 
 tomac, at the south ? What Colleges in this state ? (CXCIV a.) 
 (Prod. 191, Face 192, Climate 193.) 
 
 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 
 
 196. This is a small district, ten miles square, lying 
 on the Potomac, given to the United States by the 
 states of Maryland and Virginia. 
 
 It includes Washington, the seat of the United States' 
 government, with Alexandria and Georgetown. 
 
 Questions on the map. II. What is the population of Wash- 
 ington ? What literary institutions has it f What is the size 
 of Alexandria and Georgetown? In what district are they in- 
 cluded, and hew large is this district? 
 VIRGINIA. 
 
 197. Virginia is the largest state, and one of the 
 most populous in the Union. It is distinguished as 
 the native state of General Washington. 
 
 Its most important productions are wheat, tobacco, 
 and corn. 
 
 Questions on the Map. /. Mention the boundaries, rivers, 
 and Mountains of Virginia. Describe the capital. What is 
 the largest town and seaport ? 
 
 //. What place is opposite to Norfolk? What canal from 
 it ? What town at the mouth of James River ? What places 
 on and near York River ? Where are Petersburg and Fre- 
 dericksburg ? What places between these and the mountains ? 
 What among the mountains ? What springs in the mountains ? 
 What three places on the Ohio ? What other towns ? What 
 Colleges in this state? (CXCIV.) (Prod. 191, Face 192, Cli- 
 yiate 193.) 
 
 A part of the Peninsula, on which Cape Charles w, belongs 
 to Virginia. 
 
 NORTH CAROLINA. 
 
 198. North Carolina produces cotton and rice, and 
 abounds in pine forests, from which large quantities 
 of pitch, tar, and turpentine are obtained. 
 
 The commerce of this state is small, for want of 
 good harbours on its coast. 
 
 Questions on the Map. 1. Mention the boundaries, sounds, 
 
 and chief rivers, of N. Carolina. What is the capital ? 
 //. Where are Favetteville and Newbern ? What towns N. 
 
SOUTHERN UNITED STATES. 1.1 
 
 E. oi" the river- Neuse ? How are they situated ? Where is the 
 university of this state ? What considerable place is north of 
 this ? What ports in the south, and where ? What towns N. 
 and S. of Fayetteville ? What places in the western part of the 
 state? What springs on the borders of Tennessee? (Fact 192, 
 Clim. 193.) 
 
 SOUTH CAROLINA. 
 
 199. South Carolina has much barren land, but is 
 very fertile on the rivers, and produces cotton and rice 
 in abundance. 
 
 This state has a large share of commerce, wealth, 
 and refinement. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Mention the boundaries, <Sbi<*P 
 rivers, and capital. What is the chief city ? 
 \ //. What two other seaports, and in what direction froni 
 Charleston ? What two towns N. W. of Beaufort ? What are 
 the principal places E. of the Santee ? What on the west of 
 this river ? W r here is the university of this state ? (Cli. 193.) 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 200. The climate of Georgia is so warm, that it 
 produces coffee and sugar in the southern part. 
 
 Cotton is the principal article of commerce. The 
 fertile islands on the coast produce the finest in the 
 world. 
 
 Questions an the map. /-. Mention the boundaries and cap- 
 ital of Georgia. What are the chief rivers emptying into the 
 Atlantic ? What into the Gulf of Mexico ? \Vhat is the prinfcir 
 pal town and seaport ? 
 
 //. What four towns on the coast, below Savannah ? What 
 is the principal town on the Savannah, iri'the northern part of 
 the state ? What other towns ? What Indians are found in the 
 northern part ? What islands on the coast ? What river forms 
 the southern boundary ? What two islands lie S. of it ? What 
 colleges or universities in Georgia ? (CXCIV a.) (Face 192, 
 Glim. 193.) 
 
 ALABAMA. 
 
 201. Alabama is a very fertile, but newly settled 
 state resembling Georgia in climate and productions. 
 
 Questions on the map. 7. Describe the boundaries and rivers 
 of Alabama. Where is the seat of government ? What ses=* 
 
' DEsCMFIlOJf O 
 
 jicrt on the south ; What town on the Mobile river, opposite 
 to it ? What town above it ? Mention some other places in the 
 State. What Indians are found in this state ? 
 
 TERRITORY OF FLORIDA. 
 
 202. Florida has been lately ceded by Spain to the 
 United States. It extends almost to the Tropic of 
 Cancer ; and its climate is fitted to produce fine crops 
 of coffee and sugar, as well as rice and cotton. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Florida bounded, and how 
 is it divided ? (Sec map of A". America.} What capes has it ? 
 What river ? What is the chief town of E. Florida i What of 
 W.Florida? 
 
 11. What other places do you find : What bays on the coast? 
 How fat is Cape Sable from the Island of Cuba ? What In- 
 dian* are there in W. Florida? 
 
 WESTERN STATES. 
 
 Qftio Indiana Illinois Kentucky Tennessee 
 Afsrisfippi Louisiana Missou ri. 
 
 Ancient Bonifications at .Marietta. Ohio. 
 
 203. The Western States abound with the remains 
 of fortifications and mounds, so ancient, that they are 
 now covered with aged trees. . It is not known when 
 these fortifications were built, or by what nation. 
 
 204. These states lie entirety on the Mississippi and 
 its branches, and are generally well watered and very 
 fertile-. 
 
"WESTERN UNITED STATES. V y 9 
 
 05. They have a milder climate than the states on 
 the Atlantic Ocean, but generally resemble those in 
 the same latitude, in their productions. 
 
 206. Immense prairies, or plains covered only with 
 grass, form a striking characteristic of the Western 
 States, and the soil is uncommonly fertile. 
 
 207. The chief productions of the states north of 
 Tennessee, are wheat and Indian corn. 
 
 Horses, cattle and swine are raised in great numbers 
 in these states, and large quantities of provisions ex- 
 ported in boats, down the Mississippi River. 
 
 208. Rice, cotton and even sugar, are raised in the 
 more southern states, chiefly by the labour of slaves. 
 Kentucky and Tennessee abound in hemp and tobacco. 
 
 CCIX. (For the Review.') 
 
 a. Slavery is prohibited in the states north of the Ohio, and 
 the people resemble those of the northern and middle states on 
 the Atlantic. 
 
 b. The western States were settled latest, and are not ygt 
 well supplied with churches and schools. 
 
 c. The people are brave, hardy and industrious, but the 
 lower classes have little education. 
 
 d. There are colleges at Athens and Cincinnati, (Ohio.) 
 Lexington and Danville. (Ken.) Greenville, Nashville and 
 Knoxville, (Ten.) and Washington (Miss.) There are med- 
 ical Institutions at Cincinnati and Lexington. 
 
 Questions. /. What do you find remarkable in the Western 
 States? Where^ do these states lie, and what are they? 
 What states are west of the Mississippi ? What north of the 
 Ohio, and what Atlantic states are in the same latitude ? What 
 between the Ohio and the Gulf of Mexico, and what other 
 states in the same latitude ? What can you say of their climate ? 
 What is there peculiar in the face of the country ? What are 
 the chief productions of the states N. of Tennessee r What are 
 the productions of the more southern states ? 
 
 II. In what states is slavery prohibited ? In what latitude da 
 the Western States lie? When were they settled? What is the 
 character of the peopL generally? What colleges are therein 
 the Western States ? 
 
 1* 
 
o.y DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 OHIO. 
 
 210. Ohio is a fertile state, remarkably level and 
 fixe fro%n stones. 
 
 The inhabitants are frugal and industrious, and are 
 rapidly establishing schools, colleges and churches. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What are the boundaries and seat 
 of government of Ohio ? What rivers empty into the lakes, and 
 what into the Ohio ? 
 
 //. What is the largest town in Ohio ? What towns on the 
 River Ohio, above Cincinnati ? What places are there on the 
 Scioto River? What on the Muskingum River: What towns 
 and forts on the north ? Where is Cleavelaud ? What colleges 
 are there in this state (CCIX. rf.) (Clim. 2f)5 Prod. 207.) 
 INDIANA. 
 
 211. This state resembles Ohio in fertility. In 
 some parts the climate is so mild as to produce grapes 
 from which wine can be made. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Indiana bounded : What 
 are ite rivers ? What is the seat of government ? What towns 
 are there on the Ohio ? What on the Wabash ? What place 
 and forts in the north ? 
 
 ILLINOIS. 
 
 212. Illinois is a fertile, but thinly settled state, re- 
 markable for its extensive prairies. 
 
 Questions on/Ac map. 7. How is Illinois bounded? What i* 
 the chief town and seat of government ? What places are north 
 of it on the Mississippi and Kaskaskias rivers ? What east ? 
 MICHIGAN TERRITORY. 
 
 213. Michigan is a well watered, fertile territory, 
 very thinly settled. 
 
 Questions on the map. 7. How is it bounded ? What is the 
 principal place, and where? What town south of it ? Where 
 is Michilimackinac, an important military post ? 
 NORTH-WEST TERRITORY. 
 
 214. This territory lies between Michigan and the 
 Mississippi, extending to Lake Superior, and the Lake 
 of the Woods* 
 
WESTERN UNITED STATES. 1 
 
 It is chiefly inhabited by Indians, and little known. 
 
 Its rivers and lakes abound in fish, and where they 
 are shallow, produce great quantities of wild rice re- 
 sembling oats. 
 
 There are very valuable lead mines in this territory, 
 and large masses of pure copper have been found near 
 Lake Superior. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What rivers do you find in this 
 territory? What fatls of the Mississippi? What tribes of 
 Indians? 
 
 KENTUCKY. 
 
 215. Kentucky is a very fertile state, with a mild 
 moist climate. 
 
 It abounds in salt springs, from which several of the 
 neighbouring states are supplied with salt. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Kentucky bounded ? 
 What is the capital ? What are the two chief towns ? 
 
 //. W 7 hat towns are between Cumberland and Green Riv- 
 ers ? What two on them ? Where are Bairdstown and Sprmg- 
 field? What springs S. E. from Lexington ? What towns are 
 there on the Ohio? What colleges in this state? (CCIX. <//) 
 (Prod. 208.) 
 
 TENNESSEE. 
 
 216. Tennessee is generally a fertile, healthy state. 
 It is divided by the Cumberland mountains into East 
 and West Tennessee. 
 
 It is not subject to the extremes of heat and cold, 
 and the spring is several weeks earlier than in New- 
 England. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What are the boundaries and riv- 
 ers of Tennessee ? What mountains separate the Cumberland 
 and Tennessee rivers f What are the capital and chief towns, 
 and where ? 
 
 II. What are the principal places above Knoxville, on the 
 Tennessee and its branches ? What are below it ? What two 
 places on the Cumberland River? What place between these 
 rivers ? What colleges in this state ? (CCIX rf.) What mis- 
 sionary station near the southern boundary ? 
 MISSISSIPPI. 
 
 217. Mississippi is a well watered, level and fertile 
 
J~ DESCRIPTION* OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 country. It i* remarkably fitted for the cultivation of 
 cotton, and in the southern parts, produces sugar. 
 
 Only half of this state is owned by the whites, the 
 rest belonging to the Choctaw and Chickasaw Indians. 
 
 Qverfioru on the map. /. How is Mississippi bounded ? 
 What are its principal rivers ? Where do you find the Chick- 
 asaws, and where the Choctaws ? How much of the state do 
 they possess? Where is the seat of government ? What is the 
 thief town, and where : 
 
 11. Where is the college of this state? (CCIX d.) In what 
 direction from New-Orleans is Natchez ': What towns are north 
 of Natchez What between the Mississippi and Pearl Rivers? 
 What one on the Gulf of Mexico f Whaf places N. of i 
 goula, in the western part of the state ? 
 LOUISIANA. 
 
 218. Louisiana is the most southern state now in the 
 Union, with a hot, unhealthy climate, producing trop^ 
 ical fruit*, and especially the sugar cane in abundance. 
 
 A large part of this state, and even the city of New- 
 Orleans, is lower than the rivers, and the water flows 
 out of the rivers on each side, forming immense 
 swamps. 
 
 To prevent this, banks, or levees are built, and the 
 lands which are drained are extremely fertile. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What are the boundaries and 
 capital of Louisiana ? What are the chief rivers: What river 
 eparates it from Texas? What towns in the western part: 
 What towns east of the Mississippi ? 
 
 ARKANSAW TERRITORY. 
 
 219. This territory is chiefly inhabited by Indians, 
 and resembles the neighbouring states. 
 
 twru on the map. /. How is Arkansaw bounded? 
 What town do you find ? What are the rivers of this territo- 
 ry : What Indians are here ? 
 
 MISSOURI. 
 
 Iissouri is the last state admitted into the 
 Union, remarkable for its rich and extensive mines of 
 lead. 
 
 The climate is mild and healthy, and the land gen- 
 erally very fertile, especially on the rivers. 
 
sI'AMSH WORTH AMERICA. 83 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What are the boundaries of Mis- 
 souri ? What rivers pass through and rise in it ? What are the 
 principal places and where ? What valuable mines do you find 
 in this state ? 
 
 MISSOURI TERRITORY. 
 Or the Western Territory of the United States. 
 
 Indians catching Buffaloes. 
 
 221. This territory embraces the greater part of the 
 United States' possessions west of the Mississippi. It 
 is still a wilderness consisting chiefly of immense plains. 
 
 It abounds in wild animals, and is inhabited only by 
 Indians, and a few soldiers stationed at military posts. 
 
 Buffaloes are found in numerous and large herds, 
 and are caught by the Indians, by driving them into 
 enclosures, as represented in. the cut. 
 
 Questions on the map. 7. How is Missouri Territory bound- 
 ed ? What mountains divide it ? What river flows east from 
 the mountains ? 
 
 //. What are its chief branches ' What one flows west? 
 What Indians are found here ? Where is there a missionary 
 station ? 
 
 SPANISH NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 222. The Spanish provinces of North America are 
 Mexico and Gautimala, Florida having been lately 
 given up to the United States. 
 
DESCRIPTION 
 
 223. This extensive region was formerly inhabited 
 by a powerful people, almost as civilized as the Chi- 
 nese. The natives were conquered and cruelly treated 
 by the Spaniards, who still hold many in slavery. 
 
 The Spanish inhabitants are generally ignorant and 
 corrupt, without the refinement of European manners. 
 
 Pyramid of Cholula. 
 
 t At Cholula in Mexico, is a rery large pyramid 
 built of brick by the ancient inhabitants, with a temple 
 on the top, in which thousarfUs of persons were proba- 
 rinced to the Sun. 
 
 'ion>. I What parts of America now belong to the 
 '.'hat puple formerly inhabited this region ? What 
 remarkable work of theirs can you mention f What was done 
 to the natives ? What is the character of the Spaniards ? 
 
 MEXICO. 
 
 j. Mexico has long been celebrated for its rich 
 mines of gold and -nv.r. which are chiefly in the 
 southern part. 
 
 The interior is thinly inhabited, and is remarkable 
 for immense herds of wild horses and cattle. The 
 southern parts contain most of the population. 
 
 The lowlands on the coast, are hot and unhealthy ; 
 but tii*. middle is a high, temperate plain, from 6,000 
 
INDIAN TRIBES OK If. AMERICA. 85 
 
 to 8,000 feet above the level of the sea, with every 
 variety of climate and productions, at different heights. 
 
 Some parts which are inhabited, are so cold that 
 wheat will not grow, and the whole is crowned with 
 mountains, covered with perpetual snow. 
 
 Queshor^ on the map. /. How is Mexico bounded ? What 
 are the chief rivers ? What gulfs, and what peninsulas do you 
 find ? What provinces are mentioned on the map ? What is 
 the climate of the coast, and what of other parts ? What is the 
 capital ? 
 
 //. What are the chief sea ports on the Pacific ? What on 
 the Gulf of Mexico? Which is the nearest port to Mexico? 
 What two cities S. of Mexico : What Volcano ? What cities 
 between Mexico and the Tropic of Cancer ? What are the 
 principal N. of this line ? What is the most northern town 
 in the interior ? What capes on the Pacific ? What islands 
 off the coast? Which is the most northerly port, and what is 
 its size ? What places on the Gulf of California ? What island 
 in it? 
 
 GUATIMALA. 
 
 227. Guatimaki is a warm, fertile and populous 
 province, between Mexico and the Isthmus of Darien. 
 
 Its coast furnishes great quantities of mahogany, and 
 a British settlement has been established at Honduras 
 to procure it. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Guatimala bounded? 
 What is the capital ? 
 
 //. What sea port besides? What one on the Gulf of Ama- 
 tique? Where are Ciudad Real and Vera Paz? Where is 
 Chiapa, or Chiapa of the Indians ? What lake in the S. and 
 where does it empty ? What is the nearest port of S. America, 
 situated on the Isthmus ? 
 
 INDIAN TRIBES OF NORTH AMERICA. 
 
 228. The whole of North America was formerly 
 possessed by the Indians, but they have gradually been 
 diminished by wars and new diseases, as the number 
 of white people has increased. 
 
 229. Many tribes still remain in various 'parts of 
 North America, which are really independent nations. 
 They hold their lands and are governed by their 
 chiefs, according to their own laws. 
 
AIPTIOX OF COVXi: 
 
 230. Most of the Indians of North America are tall, 
 well formed, active and intelligent, distinguished for 
 boldness and native eloquence. 
 
 231. The northern and north-eastern coasts are in- 
 habited chiefly by the Esquimaux. They are dwarfish, 
 dull and filthy ; but mild in their character, and more 
 disposed to receive instruction th;m many other tribes. 
 
 -'. The Knisteneaux and Chipewayans inhabit the 
 interior of the northern parts. The Knisteneaux arc 
 the most intelligent, mild and honest 
 
 233. The Sioux, Pawnee and Osage Indians., found 
 on the Missouri and its branches, are the most robust 
 and warlike tribes we know. 
 
 L. The Snake Indians of the western territory- 
 are mild and inoffensive in their character. This is 
 also said of most oi the tribes beyond the Rocky Moun- 
 tains, called Flatheads, from the flatness of their skulls, 
 produced by pressing the heads of infants. 
 
 CCXXXV. (For the Rtri'.w.} 
 
 a. There are several powerful tnbes in the Arkansaw Ter- 
 ritory and in Mexico. Some oi" them use horses, taken from 
 the immense herds which are found wild. 
 
 6. Some Indian nations in -iexico have been partially civil - 
 "-' ized, and are now aroverned by Catholic priests. Others live 
 in towns by themselves, with an Indian governor appointed by 
 the Spaniards. 
 
 c. The most important tribes within tfie United States, are 
 those which are found between the Ohio and the Gulf of .Mex- 
 ico -the Cherokee. 5 , Choctaws, Chicka=avs and Creeks. 
 
 d. Some of these, especially the Cherokees, have learned the 
 arts of civilized life; and some are found who are well educat- 
 ed, and possessed of large plantations and numerous slaves. 
 
 e. There are many Indians between the Ohio and the great 
 lakes, who are chiefly Chipewayans. 
 
 /. The principal tribes in the states on the Atlantic were 
 the Mohekasneews, and the Iroquois or Six Nations. A few 
 .em are still scattered through New-England and New- 
 York. 
 
 The Iroquois are principally fttled in the western part 
 
WEST INDIE*. 87 
 
 of New- York with teachers and missionaries among them. 
 Among these, the Oneida and Tuscarora Indians have regular 
 churches and ministers. 
 
 h. Missionaries, teachers und mechanics have also been sent 
 among the Cherokees, Choctaws and Osages, who have begun 
 to instruct and civilize these tribes. 
 
 i. There are probably 100,000 Indians in the United States, 
 and 300,000 in their territories. Most of them are savages, 
 ignorant of Christianity and sunk in vice. 
 
 Questions. /. Who formerly possessed North America ? Are 
 there any Indian tribes remaining ? What is their general ap- 
 pearance? What tribes are found on the Missouri, arid what 
 can you say of them ? Where are the Snake Indians found, and 
 what is their character ? 
 
 II. What do we know of the tribes south of the Missouri ? 
 What is the state of some nations in Mexico? What are the 
 most important tribes within the United States ? Find the situ- 
 ation of each on the map. What nation do you find in Florida ? 
 "What is the state of these Indians? What Indians do you find 
 north of the Ohio ? What were the principal tribes on the At- 
 lantic ? Where are the Iroquois settled ? What has been done 
 to improve other Indians of our country? How many are 
 there probably in the United States and their territories? What 
 is their general character ? 
 
 WEST INDIA ISLANDS. 
 
 A field of Sugar Cane. 
 8 
 
88 BESCRfFTIOS 01= COTTSTRIE?. 
 
 236. The W. Indies are a number of very fertile 
 islands King between North and South America. 
 
 237. One of their principal productions is the su- 
 gar cane. It is cultivated by slaves, who form more 
 than half the population. They are treated with 
 cruelty in many of the islands. 
 
 238'. The climate is mild and delightful in the 
 winter ; bat it is extremely hot, and in most islands, 
 dangerous to strangers at other times. 
 
 239. The West Indies produce almost all the fine 
 fruits and plants of the Torrid Zone in abundance. 
 Coffee and sugar are the most valuable, which are ex- 
 ported in large quantities 
 
 240. The rains in these islands are so violent as 
 to deluge the country in a short time : and they are 
 subject to dreadful hurricanes, which often destroy 
 buildings and crops. 
 
 241. These islands may be divided into the Baha- 
 mas, the Greater Antilles, including the four larger 
 islands, the Canbbee Islands, and the Lesser Antilles. 
 
 Question*. /. Where are the West Indies? In what latitude 
 do they lie? What production is abundant? What is their 
 f limate ? To what evils are they subject ? How may these 
 islands be divided ? Which is the largest island ? Which is the 
 2d? the 3d: the 4th? Which is the most populous? 
 
 BAHAMA ILKS. 
 
 242. Cotton is the most important production of 
 these islands. 
 
 Many of them, particularly Turk's Isles, abound 
 in natural salt ponds, in which excellent salt is formed 
 by the heat of the sun. 
 
 lions on the map. /. What is the population of the 
 Bahamas.' What is the chief island? What Gulf between them 
 and Florida ? W T hat dangerous bank or shoal near them ? 
 
 GREATER ANTILLES. 
 
 243. Cuba, Porto Kico and the south eastern part 
 of St. Domingo, or Hispaniola, belong to the Spaniards. 
 
 244. Cuba is the most fertile and wealthy of these 
 !?. It produces the finest tobacco known. 
 
WEST INDIES. 89 
 
 245. The north-western part of St. Domingo, now 
 called Hayti, was taken from the French by their 
 African slaves, who have since formed an independ- 
 ent republican government, and begun to establish 
 schools and churches. 
 
 246. Jamaica is less fertile than these islands, but 
 is well cultivated. It belongs to the English. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What islands are called the 
 Greater Antilles? Which is the largest? Which is the most 
 eastern ? Which belong to the Spaniards ? What can you say 
 of Cuba? 
 
 //. Are there any mountains in Cuba? In what direction, 
 and how far is it from Florida ? What is the chief city ? What 
 city on the south side ? Which way is St. Domingo from 
 Cuba? What part belongs to the Spaniards? What is the 
 chief town ? Who govern the remainder of the island ? What 
 places in this part ? Where is Porto Rico ? Where is Jamaica ? 
 What can you say of it ? What is the principal place ? What 
 is the class and comparative population of each of these 
 islands ? 
 
 CARIBBEE ISLANDS. 
 
 247. Of these islands, St. Bartholomew's belongs 
 to Sweden, St. Thomas and Santa Cruz, to the Danes. 
 Guadaloupe and Martinico, to the French, and the re- 
 mainder on the map, including Trinidad, to the 
 English. 
 
 248. Curazoa, on the coast of S. America, with the 
 neighbouring islands, belongs to th Dutch. These 
 islands are sometimes called the Lesser Antilles. 
 
 Questions on the map. I. In what direction are the Caribbee 
 Islands from Porto Rico? Which is most northern? Which 
 the most southern, and how is it situated ? (See map of S. 
 America.) 
 
 11. Mention the comparative population of each. 
 
 BERMUDA ISLANDS. 
 
 249. These islands are usually spoken of among 
 the West India Islands, although at some distance from 
 most of them. 
 
 They have a warm, but very fine climate, and are 
 often resorted to for the recovery of health. 
 
20 DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES-. 
 
 Questions on the map. 7. Where are the Bermuda Isle?? 
 "What is their population ? 
 
 CCL. (For the Review.) 
 APPLICATION OF GEOGRAPHY; 
 
 Or travels on the Maps. 
 
 To discover whether you understand what you have learneff, 
 and know how to apply it, you must endeavour to travel on 
 the map, and give an account of the objects you meet with. 
 To answer the questions, you must remember what you have 
 learned, or look back to the account of North America, and of 
 Zones, Climates, Civilization, Government and Religion. 
 
 Map of North America. What course will you take from 
 the eastern coast of the United States to Greenland ? What 
 countries and islands shall you pass, and to whom do they 
 belong? What new objects shall you probably see on your 
 voyage? (See 151.) What buy lies west of Greenland? What 
 ia the most northern passage from this bay towards the west, 
 which has been discovered ? How far west has it been exam- 
 ined: In what directions from this place has the sea been 
 seen ? How many degrees westward is Icy Cape ? 
 
 As it is probable the ice will not permit you to go farther, 
 you can return and examine Hudson's bay. 
 
 What straits lead into this bay ? What country lies S. oi 
 ihese straits? What can you say of the people ? (232.) What 
 Ibrts and trading houses do you find on Hudson's Bay? What 
 course will you take to reach the most western trading house on 
 Peace River? How do you like the climate ; (159.) What 
 mountains are near you, and how high do they appear to be ? 
 Who occupy the coast west of these mountains? What articles 
 of commerce shall you find among: the Indians ? (160.) How do 
 the traders convey their furs? What course must you take to 
 reach Montreal by water? What language shall you find most 
 common there? (165.) 
 
 Map of the United S'ates. What towns should you pass in 
 goinj down to the mouth of the St. Lawrence ? 
 
 You will find the banks of this river fertile, and lined with 
 house;, forming almost a continued village. 
 
 Through what river can you pass into Lake Champlain ? 
 What communication is there between this hike and the 
 
 
TRAVELS ON THE MAP. 91 
 
 Hudson River ? What states lie east of the Hudson ? How can, 
 you pass fronf the Hudson to Lake Erie ? 
 
 It is probable that a canal will be made from the Ohio to 
 Lake Erie, and the canal from Lake Erie to the Hudson will 
 soon be completed. 
 
 How will you go from New- York to New-Orleans by water, 
 through the United States, when these canals are finished? 
 Through whatTjranches can the James River be connected 
 with the Ohio ? 
 
 It is also expected that a canal will be made from the Chesa- 
 peake to Delaware Bay, and that the Delaware River will be 
 connected with the Raritan, which empties near New-York. 
 
 What will be the course of the inland navigation from Mon- 
 treal to Wilmington, N. C if these canals are completed ? 
 
 As the canals, which have been mentioned, are not yet com- 
 pleted, it will be necessary to travel by land through the Atlan- 
 tic states. 
 
 Beginat Portland, Maine, and describe the course through 
 the seats of government of the states lying on the Atlantic, 
 till you reach St. Augustine, and mention the states and towns 
 through which you pass, and the rivers and bays you 
 cross. 
 
 What states and what seaports do you pass on the coast, in 
 returning from St. Augustine by sea, as far as New- York ? and 
 what islands ? What states, ports and islands do you pass in going 
 through Long Island Sound to Boston and Newfound- 
 land ? 
 
 If you wish to visit the western coast of America, you will be 
 obliged to go round Cape Horn. 
 
 Describe the voyage and mention the countries you will pass. 
 (See Map of the World and Map of North America.) What is 
 the first country of N. America you reachf Describe your 
 course along the coast to Alaska. What great river, with an 
 American settlement on it, do you find ? 
 
 It is usual for ships that visit the No^jtjPWest Coast to 
 carry the furs they obtain to China, where they are very 
 
 8* 
 

 92 DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 valuable. On their course they often stop at the Sandwich 
 Islands for refreshment. 
 
 Describe the course of these ships to Canton. How can 
 they go to the United States, moving still westward, so as to 
 complete their voyage round the world ? If you do not wish to 
 take so long a voyage, at what port in Mexico can you land, 
 nearest the capital : What do you find remarkable in Mexico? 
 (See 224, 225, 226.) What gulf and sea mus^ you cross, in 
 going to Trinidad ? What course will you take to go to New- 
 Orleans, and stop at the principal islands of the West Indies as 
 yon pass ? 
 
 .Map of the United States. What is the situation of New- 
 Orleans ? What states and places shall you pass in going up the 
 Mississippi and Ohio to Pittsburgh ? What mountains must you 
 cross in going from Pittsburgh to Philadelphia? What is the 
 first, and what the last ridge ? What is the direct course to 
 Washington if you stop at Wheeling on the Ohio ? In what 
 direction from Washington is Philadelphia: 1 New-York? 
 Boston ? Quebec ? Hudson's Bay ? Missouri ? Cincinnati ? 
 New-Orleans ? Charleston ? Mexico ? The West Indies ? In 
 what direction is your own home, and how many degrees or 
 miles distant? What places shall you find in passing up the 
 Connecticut River on each side ? What on the Hudson ? The 
 Delaware ? The Susquehannah ? The Potomac ? The James ? 
 The Savannah ? 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 
 251. South America is a very fertile portion of the 
 world, distinguished for the size and grandeur of its 
 rivers, and the height and extent of its mountains. 
 
 252. It abounds in precious stones ; and its mines, 
 with those of Mexico, furnish much more gold and 
 silver than all other parts of the world. Its soil pro- 
 duces many medicinal and other valuable plants, which 
 are not found in other countries. 
 
 s253. Brazil and a part of Guiana are settled and 
 governed by the Portuguese ; but most of South Ame- 
 rica by the Spaniards. They occupy the sea coast 
 principally ; and the interior is still a wilderness > 
 traversed only by Indians. 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. LO 
 
 254. The northern and middle portions lie within 
 the Torrid Zone, and the southern extend nearly to 
 the Frigid. 
 
 255. The climates of South America are more tem- 
 perate than those in the same latitudes on the Eastern 
 Continent, for reasons which appear on the map, in the 
 number of mountains and rivers, and the neighbour- 
 hood of the ocean. (See. p. 41, 113 114.) 
 
 CCLVI. (For the Review.) 
 
 a. The Araucanians of Chili, and some other tribes of Indians 
 in South America, are much more civilized than those of North 
 America, and are equally brave and warlike. 
 
 ft. Some tribes, who were taught the Catholic religion and 
 the arts o civilization by the Jesuits, sfill remain independent. 
 
 . The greater part of the population of South America con- 
 sists of Indians who are subject to the Spaniards, and almost like 
 slaves in their character. 
 
 d. The middle classes of society are chiefly Mestizoes, or 
 children of Spaniards who have intermarried with Indians. 
 
 ci They are naturally intelligent and sprightly, and some 
 of them have become very learned men. Others of this class 
 arfc herdsmen, resembling savages in their character* and 
 habits. 
 
 /. The higher classes consist of European and American 
 Spaniards and Portuguese, who are generally educated and 
 wealthy, but dissolute in their morals. 
 
 g.. The government of Spain formerly discouraged education 
 and the circulafio*ri''of books among the people of South Ame- 
 rica. 
 
 h. Several of the" Spanish Provinces having now becomr 
 independent, new Institutions have been founded, and inform- 
 ation has been more extensively spread by books and newspa- 
 pers. 
 
 i. There are universities at Carraccas, Santa Fe de Bogota,- 
 Quito, Lima, and Guamanga. A university has been recently 
 established at Cordova, and a college at>Buenos-Ayres, with a 
 state library of 20,000 volumes. 
 
 fc. Chili and Buenos-Ayres have declared themselves inde- 
 pendent of Spain; Venezuela and New Granada are also 
 declared independent under the name of Colombia ; but these 
 provinces are still engaged in wars with the armies of Spain, 
 
94 BKSCRIPTIOS OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 Questions, 7. In which hemisphere, and in what zones, is 
 South America ? How is it bounded ? For what is it distin- 
 guished What are its most valuable productions ? How is it 
 settled, and what can you say of the interior ? How are the 
 climates of South America, compared with others in the same 
 latitude ? What reason can you discover on the map, for 
 this? 
 
 II. What is the character of the Araucanians ' What is the 
 state of the Indians instructed by the Jesuits ? Who form the 
 greater part of the population of South America ' What can 
 you say of the middle classes, and what is their character ? What 
 can you say of those who have become herdsmen ? Who form 
 the higher classes ? Did the government of Spain encourage 
 learning in S. America.' What alteration has taken place in 
 the government, and the state of knowledge What univer- 
 sities are there in the Spanish Provinces ? What countries have 
 declared themselves independent, and what is their present 
 situation ? 
 
 Questions on the Chart of the World. 
 
 Civilization. /. Are there any enlightened countries in 
 S. America ? What countries are savage? What is the state of 
 the remaining countries ? 
 
 Government and Religion. II. What is the religion of the 
 savages in South America: What of the civilized countries? 
 What countries have a republican government ? What is the 
 government of the remainder ? 
 
 Population. Which is the most populous country of S. 
 America ? What countries have about two millions of inhab- 
 itants ? What countries have only one million ? 
 
 Questions on the map of isouth America. 
 
 Capes, Bays, and Straiti. I. What is the southern cape 
 of S. America? What is the most nortfiern ? What are the 
 most eastern and western capes ? Where is Cape North ? 
 Where is Cape Antonio? Santa Maria? \Vhat bays on the 
 south-eastern coast ? What straits at the south ? What are the 
 principal capes and gulfs south of Peru ? What north of this 
 country '. 
 
 Mountains. 7. What is the great chain of mountains in 
 S. America? What course and what number of degrees do 
 they run? What is their height ? (XLVII. ;c.) What are the 
 principal peaks in New Granada and Cluli ? What mountains 
 are there in Guiana ? 
 
 Riven. 7. What is the largest river of S. America? Where 
 does it rise ' What are the principal branches on the 
 north ? What on the south .' Where does the Beni empty ? 
 
S.OUTH AMKKICA. 96 
 
 What is the second river of South America ? Where is the 
 River Orinoco. 
 
 //. Describe the Paraguay. What great branches form it, 
 and which is the principal ? What other branches has it, and 
 where ? What river west of it empties into a hike ? Whru 
 are the chief rivers S. of it ? What are the principal rivers on 
 the eastern coast of Brazil ? What is the third river in S. Ame- 
 rica ? Describe its course. What island lies at the mouth ? 
 Has it any communication with the Amazon ? What two 
 rivers in Guiana are most known? Where is the River Mag- 
 dalena ? Describe its size, course, and chief branch. What 
 reason can you see on the map, why there are no large rivers 
 on the western coast ? 
 
 Boundaries and Capitals. /. What countries of S. America 
 lie north of the Equator? What are the boundaries and capi- 
 tals and chief towns of New Grenada - Venezuela ? Suri- 
 nam? French Guiana? What three countries lie principally 
 between the Equator and the Tropic of Capricorn ? What 
 are the boundaries and capitals of Brazil and Peru ? 
 
 dmazonia is that region claimed by the governments of Brazil 
 and Peru, which is entirely inhabited by Indians, and has no 
 Jixed boundary. 
 
 What three countries lie principally south of the Tropic of 
 Capricorn ? What are the boundaries and capital of Chili ? 
 Of La Plata or Buenos Ayres ? Why do you find no towns in 
 Patagonia ? (See Chart and p. 48, 130.) 
 
 Islands /. What islands are there on the northern coast of 
 South America? What islands lie north of the mouth of the 
 Orinoco ? What one at the mouth of the Amazon ? What 
 islands off the coast of Brazil? On what island is Cape Horn? 
 What islands E. of it? Where are the newly discovered is- 
 lands, called the South Shetland Isles ? 
 
 Where is Juan Fernandez, the island of Robinson Crusoe? 
 What island N. of it ? What is the chief island near the coast 
 of Chili? 
 
 Latitudes and Longitudes. //. What are nearly the lati- 
 tudes of the northern and middle countries of S. America ? 
 What countries of America north of the Equator have the 
 same latitude with the southern countries ? (bee Chart of the 
 World.') What places do you find in latitude 10 north? 
 What places under the Equator ? What places do you find 
 12 S. of the Equator ? What islands are in about 20 lati- 
 tude ? What islands in the Pacific are in the same latitude < 
 
36 DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES 
 
 What islands and countries are in 20 N. latitude? What 
 places lie in 34 or 35 S. latitude? What is the latitude of 
 Cape Horn ? What other land can you find in the same lati- 
 tude ? Between what longitudes does S. America lie ? W T hat 
 parts of \. America are in the same longitude with Brazil? 
 What with Peru ? What countries of S. America have noon at 
 the same time with Philadelphia ? (See the Chart.) What is 
 the difference of time between Philadelphia and the eastern 
 parts of Brazil ? What is the difference of time between Peru 
 and London ? 
 
 NORTHERN COUNTRIES OF S. AMERICA. 
 NFIW GRANADA. 
 
 Mountains o/.Yetc Granada. 
 
 257. New Granada contains some of the loftiest 
 mountains and volcanoes in tbf- world. Quito, one of 
 its cities, is 9,000 feet abov<- the level of the sea. 
 
 It is hot and unhealthy in those parts which are low, 
 but the mountainous regions have a delightful climate. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is New Granada bounded? 
 What rivers has it ? What is the capital ? In what latitude is 
 Quito ? 
 
 //. What is the mountain near which it stands ? What other 
 near, which is the highest in S. America ? What place W. of 
 the Andes ? Where is Popayan ? What ports on the Isthmus 
 of Darien ? What ports on the northern coast ? Describe the 
 course of the moujpMros tn A'w Granada. 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 
 VENEZUELA. 
 
 fleets of an Earthquake. 
 
 258. Venezuela, as well as most of the countries of 
 S. America, is subject to dreadful earthquakes, one of 
 which destroyed the city of Caraccas, a few years since. 
 On this account the houses ar^ now generally built of 
 one story. 
 
 It is a rich, fertile country, vvitn ihe usual climate of 
 the Torrid Zone. It has become independent of Spain. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Venezuela bounded? 
 What is the capital? What is the port of Caraccas? What 
 other ports ? 
 
 //. Where is Truxillo? Merida? St. Thomas? What other 
 town on the Orinoco ? What island at the mouth ? What other 
 island on the coast belonging to Venezuela? What portion el' 
 Guiana is included in Venezuela? 
 
 GUIANA. 
 
 259. Guiana is that part of S. America which lies be- 
 tween the Orinoco and Amazon. It is divided among 
 the Spanish, Portuguese, French, Dutch and English. 
 
 It is a very fertile country, but hot, moist, and un- 
 healthy. It is chiefly inhabited by bold and warlike 
 tribes of Indians, some of whom feed on human flesh. 
 
 The Anaconda, a very large serpent like those of 
 the Asiatic islands, is found in Guiana, which crushes 
 .knimals to death, and then devours them. 
 
DESCRIPTION OF COUJfTKIEs'. 
 
 The Anaco'.da. (Guiana.') 
 
 Question* on the map J. What great riv.ers inclose Guiana ? 
 How is it bounded ? Among whom is it divided ? 
 
 Surinam is Dutch Guiana, and Demarara English Guiana* 
 II. What river separates Demarara and Surinam ' What 
 other rivers are the principal? What places on the coast, 
 and where ? W T hat missions are there in the interior ? 
 
 MIDDLE COUNTRIES OF S. AMERICA. 
 PERU. 
 
 Travelling over the. Mountains. 
 260. The commerce of Peru is chiefly carried on 
 over the mountains, where the steep narrow paths 
 can only be travelled by mules, and the /'"wf,.or F^ 
 
>OUTH AMERICA. 
 
 
 It is a mountainous, and therefore temperate prov- 
 ince, under the government of Spain. It is chiefly 
 inhabited near the Andes. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Peru bounded? What 
 mountains pass through it? What is the capital, and where? 
 
 II. What is the nearest seaport ? Where is Cusco, the an- 
 f lent Indian capital ? What are the principal places besides 
 this E. of the mountains ? What places near the sea, N. of Lima? 
 AMAZONIA. 
 
 26 1 . This name has been gw n to the whole interior 
 of South America, lying chiefly on the Amazon and its 
 branches, which is scarcely known to Europeans. 
 
 It is a temperate and very fertile region, entirely 
 inhabited and governed by Indian tribes of various 
 characters. Son^fcf them are powerful, and skilled 
 in a few of the arts. 
 
 Questions on the map. 7. How is Amazonia bounded ? 
 What rivers has it? What settlements are nearest to it in 
 Brazil, Peru, and La Plata ? 
 
 BRAZIL. 
 
 Slaves searching jur Diamonds. 
 262. Almost all the diamonds used in the world are 
 now obtained from Brazil. They are found in the 
 sands of the rivers, and washed out by slaves. 
 
 It is an extensive kingdom, subject to the king of 
 Portugal. It is generally fertile, temperate and healthy, 
 9 
 
100 
 
 T 
 
 The civilized inhabitants, who are found almost eQ' 
 tirely on the coast, are said to be improving in char- 
 acter and information. 
 
 Qucttioni on Iht map. /. How is Brazil bounded? What ia 
 its capital What great river has it in the north ? 
 
 II. What ports N. of Rio Janeiro? What places S. W. 
 of it? What mines, and mining towns N. of Rio Janeiro? 
 What others in the western part of Brazil? What islands off 
 the coast ? 
 
 SOUTHERN* COUNTRIES. 
 LA PLATA OR BUENOS AYRE5. 
 
 it,, i- < , ( . oj /.a 1 ,nta. 
 
 263. The plains of La Plain are frequented by herds- 
 men, with immense droves of cattle, almost wild, 
 which they catch with a noose. 
 
 A large part of this province has become mdepen 
 ent, under the name of the United Provinces of South 
 America. The people have begun to improve rapid- 
 Iv, in knowledge and character. 
 
 It contains extensive fertile plains called Pampas 
 The richest mines of silver in the world are in this 
 
 the map. I. How is La Plata bounded? What 
 is the capital '. Where is Montevideo ? . , 
 
 //. What three places are there on the Paraguay River 
 Where is Mendoza: What two place? north of it. VMiat 
 places and what mines in the northern part ol La l 
 What lake ? 
 
SOUTH AMERICA. 10J 
 
 CHILI. 
 
 Bridges in Chili. 
 
 264 The people of Chili are obliged to pass Iheic 
 streams by means of ropes, because they are too rapid 
 to allow the building of bridges like ours. 
 
 Chili is a mountainous, temperate, productive, and 
 healthy country, resembling Switzerland. It is now 
 independent of Spain. 
 
 The people are intelligent, hospitable and verj hu- 
 mane to their slaves, but-little cultivated. 
 
 The Araucanians are an independent nation of 
 brave, intelligent Indians, in the southern part. 
 
 Questions on the map. / How is Chili bounded ? What ex- 
 tensive desert is there on the north? What is the capital ? 
 
 II. What is one of the most remarkable peaks of the Andes 
 in Chili ? What place near this mountain ? What are the 
 principal seaports? Where is Valparaiso? What island near 
 the southern part ? What islands off the coast ? 
 PATAGONIA, 
 
 AKD THE SOUTHERN ISLES. 
 
 265. Patagonia is a country very little known. It is 
 inhabited by Indian tribes, some of which are said to 
 be of gigantic size. The southern part and the islands 
 around it, are cold, dreary, inhospitable regions. " 
 
 South Georgia, Sandwich Land, and the newly dis- 
 covered South Shetland Isles, are barren rocks cov- 
 e'red with perpetual snow. The coast is lined with 
 
102 DESCRIPTION d 
 
 Kiilins Seals. 
 
 perpendicular mountains ot' ice. and cannot be visjjtecl 
 by ships in the winter. These islands are inhabited 
 only by sea fowl? and seals, and are resorted to for the 
 purpose of killing seal.*, whop skin* are valuable. 
 
 Qutstions on Ike Map of tfu World. /. How is Patagonia 
 bounded? What. island? E. of it. ; What other islands lie S. of 
 it ? What is the most southern lanj yet discovered ? 
 
 CCLXVI. (For the Rerun:.") 
 TRAVELS OX THE MAP OF S. AMERICA. 
 
 The greater part of South America is a wilderness, and the 
 Wars in the civilized parts, which are not vet finished, render 
 travelling unsafe, even there. 
 
 What is the most direct cour c e^ from the eastern coast of the 
 United States to Lasruira. the port of Caraccas? What isl- 
 ands do you pass ? What calamity did Caraccas meet with a 
 few years since ? (258.) What port? and river shall you pass 
 in going to Demarara ? To whom Joes this settlement belong? 
 (-259.) What places, islands, and capes do you pass, in going 
 from Demarara to Pemambuco : What do you pass in going 
 from this place to Rio Janeiro ? What do you find remarkable 
 in Brazil? (262.) 
 
 You must be cautious in travelling in Brazil, or in Guiana. 
 There are several tribes of Indians who seek every opportunity 
 of killing persons, in order to devour them. 
 
 If you are allowed by the governor to visit the mines of gold 
 and diamond;, (which is not likely,) what course will you 
 take? -What toTrns shall you pass in defending the River 
 ,-uay to Bnenos Ayres? What do you find remarkable: 
 
TRAVELS CITIES OF AMERICA. 103 
 
 You must also be cautious in travelling" here not to meet the 
 Guachos, or herdsmen. They would rob you, even of your 
 clothes, without hesitation. 
 
 What public Institutions do you find in La Plata, and what 
 appears to be the state of the people ? What course will you 
 take by sea to Valparaiso, the chief port of Chili? What coun- 
 try and islands do you pass, and what can you say of them ? 
 What places on the coast of Chili ? Describe the situation of 
 Chili? How do you like the Chilian bridges ? Is the climate 
 agreeable ? 
 
 As the Desert of Atacama, between Chili and Peru, is al- 
 most impassible, it is best to proceed to Peru by sea. 
 
 Describe your course to Lima, and the ports you pass. 
 How must you cross the mountains to visit Cusco ? What can 
 you say of this place? In what direction from Cusco, and how 
 far are the celebrated mines of Potosi ? 
 
 If you are willing to encounter difficulties and dangers to 
 gratify your curiosity, you may perhaps be able to go along 
 the eastern side of the Andes, to Quit. 
 
 What places shall you pass, and what river? What lofty 
 mountains are now near you ? 
 
 In this place, you will often see clouds and storms beloV you, 
 while you have clear sky above you and enjoy constant spring ; 
 but you must fly from yotir house, if an earthquake should 
 occur. 
 
 What course will you take to Panama, Porto Bello and Car- 
 thagena ? And how find the shortest way to your home ? 
 CCLXXVII. CITIES OF AMERICA. (Fur the Review.) 
 
 America is much less distinguished for the number and size 
 of its cities than Europe and Asia. There are none which be- 
 long to the four first classes of cities in the world, and only five 
 which are above the seventh class. 
 
 In the cities of the UNITED STATES the houses are generally 
 built of brick. The streets are broader and more neat than 
 in most European cities ; and are usually paved, and furnished 
 with side walks for foot passengers. They are adorned with 
 churches and other public buildings, which often have consid- 
 erable beauty. Perhaps no cities in the world are more dis- 
 tinguished for the number of humane and charitable Institutions, 
 than those of the United States. 
 
 The towns of the northern United States especially of 
 New England, are seldom closely built. The houses are 
 9* 
 
103(6) DESCRIPTION* OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 generally of wood, separated by gardens and cultivated grounds ; 
 and the streets are usually shaded with trees. These circum- 
 stances give them peculiar beauty. 
 
 The towns of the Western States, and of the western parts 
 of New- York and Pennsylvania, are laid out more regularly, 
 and the buildings are generally more elegant, than in the older 
 towns of the Atlantic states. 
 
 In the Southern States, the people are so much scattered 
 that there are few towns or villages, and only a small number 
 of places of considerable size. 
 
 Most of the principal cities of the United States are seaports, 
 and the largest are situated on islands or peninsulas. New- 
 York and New Orleans are on islands ; Boston, Philadelphia 
 and Charleston, are on peninsulas ; Hartford, Albany. Tren- 
 ton, Richmond, and Savannah, are capitals, at the head of 
 sloop-navigation on their respective rivers. 
 
 The seats of government of the states are often very small 
 towns, chosen only on account of their central situation. 
 
 WASHINGTON- was laid out on an extensive and regular 
 plan, as the seat of government for the United States. It is not 
 yet closely built, and the clusters of house, with extensive 
 vacant spots, appear like a number of villages. The Capitol, 
 for the meetings of Congress, and the President's house, are 
 magnificent buildings. 
 
 ffe\D-York is among the first commercial cities in the world. 
 It is situated on a beautiful and spacious harbour, formed by the 
 Hudson River and the passage from Long-Island Sound, here 
 called the East River. The streets rise from the water, and 
 are laid out with considerable regularity. 
 
 Philadelphia is the first city in the Union in manufactures. 
 It is remarkable for the regularity and neatness of its streets, 
 and for the beauty of its environs. Its inland trade is extensive, 
 market is said to be unrivalled. 
 
 Baltimore is situated on a bay running up from the Patapsco 
 River. It is divided by a small stream into two parts, the town, 
 and Fell's Point. The latter is the principal seat of commer- 
 cial business. This city has increased with great rapidity. It 
 is adorned with the only monument to the memory of Washing- 
 ton in our country. 
 
 Boston, is the principal city of New England, in commerce, 
 population and wealth. It is situated on an irregular penin- 
 sula, and the streets are narrow and crooked. The harbour is 
 excellent, adorned with islands, and surrounded by a beautiful 
 ?r4 highly cultivated country. 
 
CITIES OF AMERICA. 163(c) 
 
 ^\'tw Orleans, from its situation at the mouth of the Mis- 
 sissippi, is the centre of trade for the extensive country wa- 
 Lered by this river and its branches. The ground on whifch 
 it stands is lower than the river, in many parts of the town, 
 and extremely wet. The situation and climate render it very 
 unhealthy in the warm season, especially to strangers. 
 
 Charleston is regularly built on a low peninsula between 
 Ashley and Cooper rivers, which form a fine harbour at their 
 junction. It is a place of considerable wealth and commerce, 
 and is the largest city in the Southern States, except Balti- 
 more. 
 
 Albany is a flourishing city, finely situated for trade, at tlin 
 head of sloop-navigation on the Hudson River. Near this 
 place the canals from Lake Champlain and Lake Erie unife 
 with the Hudson. 
 
 Salem is a flourishing and wealthy place, the second in New- 
 England, in commerce. It is distinguished for the extent of 
 its trade with the East Indies. 
 
 Providence is the third commercial town in New-England. 
 It is distinguished for its college, and the ^numerous manufac- 
 turing establishments in its neighbourhood. 
 
 Richmond is the seat of trade for the interior of Virginia. 
 It is situated on a beautiful declivity, on the banks of James 
 River. Norfolk is the principal seaport of Virginia. 
 
 Cincinnati is the most populous place, except New Orlean?. 
 in the Western States, and is increasing with great rapidity in 
 commerce and population. 
 
 Of the large towns of the United States, Savannah is one of 
 the most flourishing in commerce. Natchez, the principal town 
 of Mississippi, is also flourishing in trade. Newbern is the 
 largest town of North Carolina, and has a valuable trade with 
 the West Indies. Knoxville and Nashville are the principal 
 towns of Tennessee, and the seats of literary institutions. Lex* 
 ington is a large and handsome town, the seat of Transylvania 
 University. Pittsburg is the head of navigation on the Ohio, 
 and the centre of trade from the Atlantic to the Western 
 States. Newark is the largest town in New-Jersey, distin- 
 guished for its flourishing manufactures. New Haven is one 
 of the most beautiful towns in the United States, distinguished 
 as the seat of Yale College. Hartford is a flourishing place., 
 both in trade and manufactures. Neicporl is beautifully situ- 
 ated, on a fine harbour of great size and depth. Burlington, 
 Windsor and Middlebury, the principal towns cf Vermont^ are 
 small but flourishing pla^r*. 
 
04 DESCRIETIOS OK COUSTR1ES. 
 
 consequence of its numerous inland seas, and the gene- 
 ral cultivation of the soil. 
 
 270. In the countries of Europe lying north of 55' 
 of latitude, the cold is very severe, and the inland 
 seas are frozen over in the winter. 
 
 271. ID the middle countries, between 45 C and 55% 
 the climate is much milder than it is in the northern 
 United States, between 40' and -} 
 
 .. In the southern countries snow seldom falls, 
 and vegetables grow the greater part of the year. 
 
 273. Sciences, arts and manufactures have reached 
 a higher degree of perfection in Europe, than in any 
 other part of the world. 
 
 CCLXX1V. (For the Review.) 
 
 a. All other civilized countries of the world were peopled 
 from Europe ; and all the European states, except Germany, 
 Prussia, Austria, Switzerland and Italy, possess colonies in 
 the other quarters of the globe 
 
 b. There are many universities in Europe. The most cele- 
 brated are those of Cambridge and Oxford in England : 
 Edinburgh, in Scotland; Leyden, in the Netherlands; Got- 
 
 and Leipsic, in Germany; Vienna, in Austria; Bo- 
 logna, in Italy ; and Salamanca, in Spain ; which hare produced 
 the most learned men the world ever saw. 
 
 c. There are few countries well provided with schools for 
 the instruction of the poor. In the Catholic countries, the 
 people are forbidden to read the bible. 
 
 d. The common people are generally ignorant, superstitious 
 and degraded, and much oppressed by the nobles. 
 
 e. The higher classes are generally well educated and refined, 
 but indolent and luxurious. 
 
 /. In most countries of Europe, rice is more prevalent among 
 all classes, and morality and piety are less regarded, than in the 
 
 - 
 
 * Questions. /. What is the size and population of Europe : 
 How is its climate, compared with that of America and Asia : 
 What is the climate in each division? What is the state of the 
 arts and scien. 
 
 //. What are some of the principal universities ? Are there 
 generally schools for the poor? What is the character of the 
 common people? What is that of the higher classes ? What is 
 the general state of morals in Europe ? 
 
105 
 
 Questions on the Chart of the World. 
 
 Civilization. /. Are there any parts of Europe barba-v 
 rous? What country is half-civilized? What are only civilized f 
 What are enlightened ? 
 
 Government. II. What countries have absolute monar- 
 chies, or despotic governments? What country has a repub- 
 lican government ? What countries have limited monarchies ? 
 How is Germany governed? 
 
 Religion. //. What countries of Europe are Protestant? 
 In what country does the Greek religion prevail? What coun- 
 try is Mahometan ? What countries are Catholic entirely? 
 What are divided between Protestant and Catholic ? 
 
 Population. //. What country of Europe has the largest 
 number of inhabitants? What two are next? What is the 
 population of Great- Britain, including England, Scotland and 
 Ireland ? What is that of each country ? What countries have 
 ten millions of inhabitants ? What have 13 millions ? What is 
 the population of Turkey? Of the Netherlands? What coun- 
 tries have two or three millions of inhabitants ? What coun- 
 tries have a smaller number ? What country has the least num- 
 ber of inhabitants ? 
 
 Questions on the map of Europe. 
 
 L How is Europe bounded on the N., E-, S., and W. ? 
 Mention particularly the seas on the south, and the moun- 
 tains and rivers on the east. What divides it from Africa 
 and Asia ? What is the northern cape of Europe ? What the 
 most southern ? Between what latitudes and longitudes does 
 it lie ? What capes in Spain ? In Ireland ? England ? On the 
 coast of the Mediterranean ' What is the northern cape of 
 Africa ? 
 
 Seas, Gulfs and Straits. /. What four seas are there in the 
 northern part of Europe? What two gulfs in the Baltic? 
 What arfe the straits or sounds called, which lead into the 
 Baltic Sea? What five seas are there in the south of Europe ? 
 What three gulfs, in the Mediterranean ? What straits lead into 
 the Mediterranean ? What countries are 0:1 the Baltic ? On the 
 North Sea? What on the Mediterranean? The Archipelago? 
 Black Sea ? What straits lead into the Sea of Marmora ? What 
 straits between England and France ? What channels near the 
 British Isles ? 
 
 Mountains. I. What three chains of mountains in the 
 northern part of Europe? In what direction do they run? 
 What four chains in the middle of Europe ? What are the 
 principal chains in the south of Europe ? 
 
 11. Where is the Sierra JVforena ? What are the hiffbsst 
 
14jp 
 
 mountains in Europe f* What chain is the longest 
 
 the situation and height of .Mount Heckla in Iceland. Mount 
 
 Vesuvius, in Italy. Mouiit Etra, in Sicily. 
 
 Lakes. /. What two remarkable lakes in Sweden ? 
 two in Russia ? 11. How large ? (Sie LXIH. b. ice.) 
 
 Hirers. /. What three rivers in the north of Russia? 
 What are the two chief rivers of Sweden ? What four rivers 
 empty into the Baltic from the south? What river enters the 
 Skaggerack from Norway ~: What two rivers of England empty 
 into the North Sea ? (The T\cetd and the Forth tmpty 
 from Scotland.) What four from the continent ? (The Rhine 
 passe* through Lake Constance in Switzerland.) 
 
 What river empties into the British Channel ? What two 
 into the Bay of Biscay? What five enter the Atlantic from 
 Spain '. What two pass into the Mediterranean from Spain 
 and France ? (The Rhone passes through the Lake of Genera.) 
 What four enter the Black Sea ? 
 
 //. Describe each of the rivers mentioned, beginning at the 
 north, and proceeding along the coast, (t. e. tell trhere it rites, 
 what course it run*, where it empties, and tchat is its class and 
 comparative sise.) What river near Rome ? What one enters 
 the Gulf of Venice : .Describe each. What branches has the 
 Danube ? What river empties into the Sea of Azof? What 
 is the largest river in Europe." Which are the two largest iu 
 the west of Europe ? 
 
 Boundaries and Capital*. /. What are the five countries 
 of Europe lying N. of 55 : latitude ? What are the boundaries 
 of each > What are the eight middle countries, between 55 
 sud 45 ? What are the boundaries of each ? What are the 
 lour S. of 45 D . and their boundaries ? What parts of Asia and 
 America are in the same latitude with the northern countries 
 of Europe ? What with the middle and southern countries ? 
 What are the capitals of the five northern countries and Po- 
 land ? What are the capitals of the eight middle countries ? 
 Of the four southern ? 
 
 Islands. /. What are the two largest islands west of Eu- 
 
 -t are the islands N. of Europe: What are t'., 
 ol Great Britain : West of Scotland ? In the British Chan- 
 in the Baltic Sea? What are the two largest in the 
 Mediterranean ? 
 
 //. What are those near Spain ? Those near Italy ? Those 
 between Italy and Turkey? What one S. of Sicily : What 
 are the chief islands in and near the A rchipelago ? 
 
 three capitals 
 
NORTH E UN Kt'ROi". tiJ, 
 
 m the latitude of the Shetland Isles and Greenland ; 
 What four others in that of London, and the Straits of Bell- 
 i.-les in N. America ? What capitals between 45 and 50 of 
 latitude ? What places in the latitude of Halifax ? Of Boston 
 What capitals nearly in the latitude of New- York and Madrid . 
 What in that of Washington ? Trace the line of 36 latitude 
 (which is pearly that of Raleigh, N. Carolina,) to the Caspian 
 Sea, and mention the places and coasts on and near it. Find 
 the longitudes of London Petersburgh Paris Rome Con- 
 r-tantinople. About what time is it at St. Petersburgh ani 
 Constantinople, when it is noon at Philadelphia? (See f/ic 
 Chart of the World.) What time in Sweden, Austria and Italy. 
 What in London, the west of France, and Spain ? 
 
 NORTHERN COUNTRIES OF EUROPE. 
 
 Russia Poland Sweden Norway Denmark 
 
 Scotland. 
 
 275. The northern countries of Europe lie between 
 55 and 72 of north latitude. The inland portions 
 are much colder than any part of the United States 
 but the parts near the ocean are temperate. 
 
 276. They generally produce some fruits, and a suf- 
 ficient supply of grain and vegetables ; but they are 
 best fitted for pasturage. 
 
 277. In Norway, and other parts in or near the 
 Frigid Zone, the inhabitants are often obliged to eat 
 mos?. and even the bark of trees, for want of grain. 
 
 CCLXXVIII. (For the Review.') 
 a. In many parts of these countries, the sun sets so late and 
 
 rises so early in summer, that they can see to read and write 
 
 ut midnight. la winter they have only an hour or two of light 
 
 at noon. 
 6. These countries have usually neither spring nor autumn. 
 
 The change is sudden from winter to summer, and grain is 
 
 reaped in a few weeks after it is sown. 
 
 c. The principal exports of these countries are dried fish, 
 iron, copper and hemp, with timber, tar, &c. for ship build- 
 ing. 
 
 d. The people are generally brave, hardy and industrious, 
 and more virtuous than in other parts of Europe. 
 
 --. L Where do the five northern count'-' 
 10 
 
Europe lie? In what zone, and in what part of it are u. 
 ihem ? What is the general climate of that part of the Tem- 
 perate Zone ? (See p. 41, Hi 2.) Is any part of them in the 
 "Frigid Zone ? What then will be their climate ? (See. p. 39, $97.) 
 What do they generally produce ? What do the people often 
 eat in some of these countries ? 
 
 //. What can you say of their nights f Whai ofotheir sea- 
 sons? What are the principal exports of these countries ? What 
 is the character of the people. 
 
 RUS.SU IN EUROPE. 
 
 travelling house. 
 
 '. It is a favourite winter amusement in Russia to 
 slide down artificial hills, built of timber and covered 
 with ice. The Russians often travel in small house?, 
 placed on sleds. 
 
 Russia i= the largest country in Europe, extending 
 into the middle and southern parts of it, but not thickly 
 settled. It is intensely cold and unproductive in the 
 north, but temperate and productive in the south. It 
 is generally very level. 
 
 The common people of Russia are generally ignorant 
 and rude, or barbarous ; and most of them are slaves to 
 the nobles. Great efforts are now made to improvethem. 
 
 The Russian empire embrace!' nearly half of Europe, 
 with a large part of Asia, and extends into the northern 
 parts of North America. 
 
NORTHERN EUROPr !09 
 
 Questions on Ike map. /. Describe the boundaries, capital 
 and rivers of Russia. 
 
 //. What two. towns are on the White Sea? What is their 
 class and population ? What place is at the head of the Baltic 
 Sea? Describe the two principal places in Finland. Whut 
 rivers in Finland ? What city N. W. of Petersburg^, which is 
 its seaport? What two other seaports on the Baltic S. of Pe- 
 tersburgh, nnd how situated? Describe the situation and size of 
 Moscow. What three places on the Volga N. of Moscow, and 
 of what size ? What three places between Moscow and the 
 Dnieper ? What two on the Dnieper ? What two ports on the 
 Black Sea ? At what places in Russia do you find universities f 
 (Prod. 276.) 
 
 Spitzbergen and Nova Ztmbla are frozen uninhabited is, 
 ands, btlcmging io Rusfia. Where are they situated ? 
 POLAND. 
 
 Salt f Mines of Cracorv. 
 
 280. Poland was formerly an independent kingdom, 
 and^was celebrated for the suit mines of Cracow, which 
 contain whole villages of miners. 
 
 It was divided some years since between Austria 
 Prussia and Russia. The greater part of it is now uu- 
 der the government of the Emperor of Russia. 
 
 It is a cold, but level and productive couutrv, with *. 
 people generally rude and ignorant. 
 
 on the map. 7. What rivers an* 'bund in IV- 
 
, 1V> .iPTIO.V - . KIES-. 
 
 land? Which of them are connected by canals : Where i; 
 Warsaw, the capital ? 
 
 //. What two places east of this? Where is Cracow ? What 
 ; ties do you find? 
 
 SWEDEN". 
 
 .2 Mine in Sn-cden. 
 
 . The great wealth of Sweden consists in its nu- 
 merous mines, which produce iron and copper of the 
 best quality. 
 
 Sweden is a cold country. It is rugged and moun- 
 tainous in the western parts, but level on the shores oi % 
 the Baltic. 
 
 The Swedes have public schools, and are generally 
 nell informed and honest, as well as intelligent and 
 sprightly. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Sweden bounded * What 
 mountains separata it from Norway ? What river from Russia f 
 //. What two lakes are there in the southern part of Swe- 
 den What is the chief river ? What is the capital of Sweden .' 
 -uilt on several islands in the Lal;e Malar.") What other 
 : of importance on the eastern coast ? What one on the 
 western .' What other important places are there ? What uni- 
 
 ' Prod. 276.) 
 ilWAY. 
 
 \ cold, mountainous, barren 
 den. 
 
NORTHERN EUE.OPE. 
 
 The Maelstrom. 
 
 Norway is remarkable for the Maelstrom, a dreadful 
 whirlpool, which draws in ships, and even whales, 
 from -a distance of several miles. 
 
 The Norwegians are honest and hospitable, but rude 
 and illiterate. They are supported chiefly by hunting, 
 fishing, and cutting timber for exportation. 
 
 Qnestions ofa the map. /. How is Norway bounded ? What 
 are the northern and southern capes? What islands on the 
 N. W. coast ? Where is the Maelstrom ? What is the chiei 
 river? The capital? 
 
 . //. What is the most northern town ? Describe the principal 
 places in the south. What universities or colleges ? 
 
 LAPLAND. 
 
 The Reindeer of Lapland. 
 
In Lapland they use Reindeer as their beasts 
 of burden, live on their milk and flesh, and dress in 
 their skins. 
 
 It is a frozen, mountainous, desolate region, occupy- 
 ing the northern parts of Russia, Sweden and Norway. 
 The Laplanders are dwarfish, ignorant, superstitious 
 and barbarous. 
 
 Quiftions on the map. I. What river in Lapland ? "What 
 village deserving of notice 
 
 DENMARK. 
 Including Iceland and (he Faroe Isles. 
 
 The Great Geyser of Iceland. 
 
 284. Iceland, belonging to Denmark, is remarkable 
 for its volcano, and for the hot springs called the Gey- 
 sers, which spout hot water often to the height of 90 feet. 
 
 Denmark is a level and fertile country, with a damp 
 but healthy climate. 
 
 The Danes are an honest, industrious people, but 
 not distinguished for enterprise or learning. 
 
 The Eyder is the only river of importance in Den- 
 mark. It falls into the North Sea, and is connected 
 with the Baltic by the canal of Kiel. 
 
 Questions en I fie map. /. How is Denmark bounded? 
 What islands belong to it ? Describe the capital. (It is on th". 
 island of Zealand.) 
 II. Where is Elsinore ? *vVhere is Altona ? and how large . : 
 
MIDDLE COUNTRIES OF EUIXOFE. 1 1J 
 
 What great seaport is near it ? What university do you find ? 
 ( Kid also has a universili/.) (dim. 275 Prod. 276.) 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 285. Scotland is among the northern countries o| 
 Europe, and resembles them in climate, and in'Jhcr 
 character of its people. It will be described under the 
 head of Great Britain, to which it belongs. 
 
 MIDDLE COUNTRIES OF EUROPE. 
 
 England Ireland The Netherlands Gertnany 
 
 Prussia Austria Switzerland France. 
 
 286. The middle countries of Europe extend from 
 about 45" to 55 of north latitude. The southern part 
 of Russia is also in the same latitude. 
 
 287. The climate in most parts of these countries is 
 milder than in the northern United States ; but in the 
 northern parts, the winters are very cold. 
 
 288. They produce excellent grain and vegetables, 
 and many tine fruits in abundance. 
 
 289. The southern parts abound in grapes and olives, 
 which furnish the people with wine and oil, for com- 
 mon use. ^ 
 CCXC. (For the Review.') 
 
 a. The chief exports of these countries are provisions, grain, 
 wine, and innumerable manufactures of wool, cotton and 
 metals. 
 
 b. The people are of various characters, but generally ac- 
 tive and intelligent. 
 
 c. Most of them excel other nations of Europe in manufac- 
 tures and learning ; but they aVe less hardy and virtuous than 
 in moie.of the northern countries. 
 
 Questions. /. In what latitude are the middle countries of 
 Europe ? What countries are in the northern part, and what in 
 the southern of this division ? What, part of Russia is in the 
 same latitude ? What is the climate of these countries '. What 
 do they produce ? What fruits in the southern parts i 
 
 II. What are the chief exports ? What ii the character of 
 the people ? In what do they excel other nations of Europe ? 
 What can you say of their virtue? 
 
114 INSCRIPTION OK COUNTRIES 
 
 BRITISH ISLES, OR GREAT BRITAIN. 
 291. In the British Isles, England, Scotland and Ire- 
 Jand are united in one kingdom, which excels all other 
 ^countries in the extent and value of its manufactures 
 and commerce, and in the strength of its navy. 
 
 The British empire includes numerous and extensive 
 colonies, in every quarter of the globe. 
 ENGLAND. 
 
 Iron Bridge and Canal in England. 
 
 292. England is remarkable for its fine roads and 
 bridges, and also for its canals^ which pass through 
 mountains and over rivers. It is a moist, temperate, 
 fruitful and beautiful country. 
 
 The people are intelligent, brave and industrious, 
 chiefly supported by manufactures and commerce. 
 
 Jersey, and the neighbouring islands of Guernsey, 
 Alderney and Sark belong to England. 
 
 Wales is a mountainous country, formerly independ- 
 ent, but now incorporated with England. 
 
 Quc./t07w on t?u map. /. How is England bounded? What 
 channel and straits divide it from France ? What islands in the 
 English Channel belong to England ? What island opposite 
 Portsmouth ? Describe the capital. What are the three prin- 
 cipal rivers ? 
 
 //. Where are the two chief universities .' In what direr- 
 
MIBBLfci COUNTRIES OF EUROPE. 
 
 H, 
 
 : ton from London ? What two seaports on the Channel ? Where 
 is Bristol? What other seaport on the west? Which way frorn^ 
 Liverpool are the great manufacturing towns of Birmingha: 
 and Manchester? What two seaports on the North Sea? Wh| 
 tv.'o other important places in the north ? 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 FingaVs Cave, in Stajfa. 
 
 293. In Staffa, one of the Western Isles of Scotland, 
 is a cavern of great height, called Fingal's Cave, sup- 
 ported by natural columns, appearing like hewn stone. 
 
 Scotland is one of the northern countries of Europe. 
 It is cold, mountainous and unfruitful, chiefly fitted for 
 pasturage. 
 
 The Scotch are hardy and enterprising. They are 
 remarkable for general education and morality, pro- 
 duced by their numerous schools and their attention 
 to public worship. 
 
 The Orkney, the Shetland and the Western Isles, or 
 Hebrides, belong to Scotland. The chief rivers are 
 the Forth on the east, and the Clyde on the west. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Scotland bounded? What 
 Elands belong to it ? What arc the chief rivers? What is the 
 capital and where ? What seaport in the west ? 
 
 II. What two ports on the eastern coast ? Where is Perth ' 
 '\ here are the universities of Scotland ? 
 
KIPT1ON OF COVNir.lt-. 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 The Giant's Causeway. 
 
 294. Ireland is remarkable for the Giant's Cause- 
 way, on the northern coast, composed of regular nat- 
 ural pillars, like those of StafTa. 
 
 It is a level, moist and fertile country, celebrated for 
 the beautiful green of its fields. 
 
 The common people are hardy and brave, but gene- 
 rally ignorant and superstitious, and extremely poor. 
 
 Questions on the. map. /. Hc&r is Ireland bounded ? WRat 
 is the chief river ? What place on the Shannon ? Describe the 
 capital. 
 
 //. What is the chief seaport in the south ? What two ports 
 in the west ? What are the two principal places in the north ? 
 What is the southern cape of Ireland .' What university in 
 Ireland? 
 
 KINGDOM OF THE NETHERLANDS. 
 
 Including Holland and the Netherlands. 
 
 295. This country is generally lower than the sea 
 and rivers. It is drained by means of numerous ca- 
 nals, which are also used instead of roads. 
 
 The Kingdom of the Netherlands is a flat, moist and 
 highly cultivated country, with a cold and damp, but 
 healthy climate. The people are honest, and remark 
 able for industry, frugality and neatne 
 
MIDDLE COUNTRIES OF EUROPE. 
 
 Canals in the Netherlands. 
 
 117 
 
 The northern part of this kingdom was formerly 
 called Holland, and the southern part, Flandefs or 
 the Netherlands. 
 
 Questions the map. I. How is the Netherlands bounded' 
 What nvers pass through it? What is the capital ' 
 
 south T here ^ thC HagUe ' What tW ther cities in thp 
 GERMANY. 
 
 Women labour in Q . 
 29G. In Germany, as in Sweden and other parts of 
 Europe, the women often perform the rabour of men 
 ?n me fie!r]?. 
 
T.IPTION or c 
 
 Germany, on the map, includes the kingdo; 
 Bavaria, Wurtemberg, Saxony and Hanover, with 
 thirty-four small States and free Cities. 
 
 The Germanic confederation, or the whole of Ger- 
 many, embraces these states, togetherwitb some parts 
 of Austria and Prussia. 
 
 Germany is a productive .o~mry. It is remarka 
 ble for the number of its le.~rn"d men and authors, 
 and the perfect state o: .iences. 
 
 The people are distinguished for their gravity, in- 
 
 and perseverance. 
 
 Quuttoju on the map. /. How is Germany bounded r What 
 Iocs it include.' What rivers pass through it.' In what 
 part of Germany is Bavaria: What are the two principal 
 places in Bavaria.' Where is WurUraburr, and whV 
 
 Where is Saxony, and \ 
 over, and what is its chief 
 
 II. Where are the three free cities, Frankfort, Bremen, and 
 Hamburg ? What other city do yon find, celebrated for a 
 university? Lubtc, the fourth free city, u ,V. E. of Ha: 
 3.) 
 
 A Cottage in Prussia. 
 
 297. In Prussia, as in other parts of Europe, 
 splendid palaces and cities are often coatr 
 ^rc-tched huts of the 6or. 
 
MIDDLE COUNTRIES Or EUROPE. 119 
 
 Prussia is generally a level country, with a cold 
 moist climate. It is remarkable for its mines of am- 
 ber. A part of Germany belongs to Prussia. 
 
 The Prussians are chiefly distinguished as a military 
 nation. Many of the inhabitants are properly Germans. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Prussia bounded? What 
 three rivers empty in it ? What large river passes through it ? 
 Describe the capital. 
 
 //. Where are Konigsburg and Dantzic ? What city is on 
 the Oder? What part of Germany belongs to Prussia? Where 
 are the universities of Prussia ? (Clim. 287 Prod. 288.) 
 AUSTRIA. 
 
120 DESCRIPTION OF COt T 5TRIF>. 
 
 Qualions on the map. /. How is Austria bounded ? Whai 
 rivers are there ? What mountains? What are the chief divi- 
 sions of Austria ? Where is the capital ? 
 
 //. Where is Presburg? What two cities below it on the 
 Danube ? What two north of Vienna ? What one in the N. 
 E.? Where is Trieste? In?pruck ' Ragusa? What three 
 Italian cities are now in Austria ? What universities are there in 
 Austria ? (Clim. 287 Prod. 288289.) 
 :TZERLAND. 
 
 An A-calanche. 
 
 299. Avalanches, or immense masses of snow, 
 sometimes fall from the Alps, in Switzerland, and bury 
 houses and even whole villages. 
 
 Switzerland is a cold, mountainous and rough coun- 
 try, but the vallies are productive. 
 
 The Swiss are generally well educated, and are re- 
 markable for their bravery, industry and virtue. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Switzerland bounded : 
 What two large rivers rise in it, and through what lakes do 
 they pass ? (Set LXIII. rf.) What is the capital ? What are the 
 two other principal places? What universities do you find ? 
 
 //. (Cataracts LX. a. Lakes. LXIII. r.) 
 FRANCE. 
 
 300. France abounds in vineyards, which furnish 
 wine for the common drink of the people. 
 
 It is a fertile country ; and although it is in the 
 same latitude with Canada, it has a finer and milder 
 i-limatp than thp Middle United States. 
 
SOUTHERN EUROPE. 
 
 Vineyards in France. 
 
 121 
 
 The French are gay, polished, active and industri- 
 ous, and celebrated for their ingenuity and skill in 
 the arts and sciences. Corsica belongs to France. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is France bounded ? What 
 three rivers are there in the west ? Describe the capital ? 
 What two other places on the Seine, and where ? What town 
 nearest England ? 
 
 //. What city near the northern boundary ? Where is Stras- 
 burg ? What is the most western city in France ? What three 
 cities are there on the Loire ? What remarkable seaport on the 
 Garonne? Where is Rochelle? Where is Bayonne ? What 
 two cities between the Bay of Biscay and Gulf of Lyons? 
 Where does the Canal Royal pass ? What town on the Rhone ? 
 What mountains west of it ? What two seaports on the Medi- 
 terranean ? Where is Corsica ? What universities has France ? 
 (C/tm. 287 Prorf.288 289.) 
 
 SOUTHERN COUNTRIES OF EUROPE. 
 Spain Portugal Italy Turkey. 
 
 301. The southern countries of Europe extend 
 from about 35 to 45 of north latitude. They have 
 very warm and dry 'climates. In most of them, snow 
 seldom falls except on the mountains, and vegetables 
 continue green through the winter. 
 
 302. They abound in the finest grain, vines and 
 olives, as well as oranges, lemons, figs and other fruits 
 of warm climates. 
 
DESCRIPTION' OF COlMKIEr. 
 
 CCCIII. (For the Review.') 
 
 a. The most important exports are these fruits, with raisins, 
 currants, wine, brandy, and especially silk and oil. 
 
 6- The people are generally indolent, and are less virtuous, 
 and less distinguished for learning and improvements, than other 
 nations of Europe. 
 
 c. Bread, vegetables and fruits, with wine and oil, are the 
 principal articles of food in these countries. 
 
 Questions. /. Wh ch are the southern countries of Europe? 
 What is their situation and climate ? What can you say of 
 their winters ? What are their chief productions ? 
 
 // What are the most important exports ? What is the gen- 
 eral character of the inhabitants, compared with that of other 
 nations of Europe ? What are the principal articles of food ? 
 What peculiar wind in these countries ? (See CXVI. A.) 
 SPAIN. 
 
 .3 Bull Fight. 
 
 304. It is a favourite amusement, both of males and 
 females in Spain, to attend bull fights. Almost every 
 town has a public place for this purpose. 
 
 Spain is a hot and dry, but fertile country. (CYi. 301.) 
 
 The Spaniards are haughty and bigoted, but brave 
 and generous. They are now becoming more liberal 
 and enlightened. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Spain bounded ? What 
 river has it on the east ? What rivers on the west and south ? 
 Describe the capital. What two capes on the north? What 
 wo seaports ? 
 
SOUTHERN EUROPE. 123 
 
 //. Where is Valladolid ? What two principal cities N. of 
 the Douro ? Where is Salamanca ? What city on the Ebro ? 
 Where is the British fortress of Gibraltar? Name the five 
 sea-ports on the Mediterranean, beginning at the south. What 
 two cities on the Guadalquiver ? What two cities between this 
 river and the Tagus ? What chain of mountains ? What three 
 islands on the coast of Spain, and what is their comparative 
 population ? Where are the universities of Spain ? (Prod. 302.) 
 PORTUGAL. 
 
 Treading out grain in Portugal. 
 
 305. The Portuguese are so inattentive to improve- 
 ments, that they still tread out grain with oxen, as was 
 done in ancient times. 
 
 Portugal is a warm, dry and fruitful country. (Cli.301 .) 
 The people are friendly and hospitable, but generally 
 superstitious, haughty and revengeful. 
 
 Questions on the mtip. /. How is Portugal bounded ? What 
 rivers pass through it ? Where is the capital ? What two cities 
 in the north ? What port in the southern part? What cape on 
 the south ? What university in Portugal ? (Prod. 302.) 
 
 ITALY, 
 Including Sicily and Sardinia. 
 
 306. Italy is remarkable for two ancient volcanoes, 
 Etna in Sicily, and Vesuvius near Naples. (See L.o,6,c.) 
 
 It was the country of ttfe ancient Romans, and abounds 
 with the ruins of their cities and buildings. 
 11 * 
 
124 DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 Mount Vesuvius, (Italy.) 
 
 It has afertile soil and a delightful climate. (See 301.) 
 
 The Italians are a polished people, distinguished for 
 their skill in music, painting and sculpture. In the 
 northern parts they are industrious, in the southern 
 parts, indolent, and generally, they are deficient m 
 education and morality. 
 
 Italy has the kingdom of Naples, including Sicily, io> 
 the south ; the Roman states in the middle ; and the 
 Grand Duchy of Tuscany next. In the uorth-wes*. 
 are the small Duchies of Modena, Parma and Lucca. 
 and the kingdom of Sardinia, which also includes the 
 island of Sardinia. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Italy bounded? What 
 river empties into the Gulf of Venice? What mountains run 
 through Italy ? Where is the kingdom of Naples ? What is the 
 capital of this kingdom : What volcano near this city ? Where 
 is Sicily ? W r hat volcano is there on it ? What are three of the 
 principal cities of Sicily ? Where are the Roman States ? On 
 what river does Rome stand ? 
 
 //. What is the size of Rome ? Where is Bologna ? Where 
 is St. Marino? (/< is an independent republic of only 3000 
 people.) Where is Tuscany? What places in it? What island 
 on the coast ? Where is the kingdom of Sardinia ? What is the 
 capital ? What seaport of note ? What is the chief city on the 
 island of Sardinia ? To what nation does Corsica belong : 
 Where do you find universities in Italy ? (Prod. 302.) 
 
MjlTHEUN EUROPE. 
 TURKEY. 
 
 125 
 
 m. Greece. 
 
 307. The southern .part of this country was the an- 
 cient Greece, and abbtfnds in the ^remains of Grecian 
 buildings and sculpture, which the Turks destroy. 
 
 Turkey is a w^arm, productive country, but poorly 
 cultivated. (CU'w.^JJl*) ^ ^ v 
 
 The Turks are generally bigoted, ignorant and 
 vicious, but honest and hospitable. The Greeks are 
 more lively and ingenious, and are Christians. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Turkey bounded? What 
 are the principal rivers in it ? What chain of* mountains ? 
 Describe the capital ? Which way from it is Adrianople ? 
 
 //. What two places on the Danube ? In what part of Tur- 
 key are Jassy and Bucharest? Where is Sophia ? Salonica ? 
 Where is Greece ? What three places in the south of Turkey ? 
 What is the name of the southern peninsula ? What city in 
 the N. W. part of Turkey ? What sea and straits between 
 Constantinople and the Archipelago ? What large island south 
 of the Archipelago ? What are the six principal islands in the 
 Archipelago? (Prod. 302.) 
 
 REPUBLIC OF THE IONIAN ISLES. 
 
 308. The Islands of Corfu, Cefalonia,Zante, Cerigo, 
 and some others, form the Republic of the Ionian Isles. 
 They are inhabited by Greeks, under the protection 
 of Great Britain. 
 
126 APPLICATION OF GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 They have a fine climate and fertile soil, and export 
 wine, oil and dried currants. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Where are the Ionian islands ? 
 Mention the principal, beginning at the north. 
 CCCIX. TRAVELS ON THE MAP OF EUROPE. 
 
 In travelling through Europe you will find numerous cities, 
 which abound with magnificent buildings ; but you will see 
 such poverty and misery and vice as we do not often see in the 
 United States. 
 
 What is the largest city in Europe ? How will you go to it 
 from the United States, and what ocean and channel must you 
 pass ? How many people shall you find there ? 
 
 What shall you find worthy of notice in travelling through 
 England ? (See 392.) In what direction, and how will you go to 
 visit the Cavern of Stafla ? (293.) In what direction is Edin- 
 burgh from the Western Isles ? What object worth visiting 
 shall you find in Ireland ? (294.) How will you go from Ire- 
 land to the Maelstrom ? What food shall you find in Norway ? 
 (277.) What articles of commerce? (CCLXXVIII. e.) 
 
 Observe the coast of Norway, lined with high rocks, and the 
 torrents rushing down from the mountains, full of the trunks of 
 trees, which are thus conveyed to the ocean. 
 
 Are the nights alwaysdrl* here ? (CCLXXVIII. a.) How 
 long is the longest day ? (See Chart and p. 45.) What port in 
 Russia will you find on the White Sea ? How near are you to 
 Lapland now, in what direction must you go, and how shall 
 you be obliged to travel there ? (283.) What towns shall you; 
 pass in Finland, as you go down through Cronstadt, to Peters- 
 burgh ? (Pelertburgh,see p. 127, e.) 
 
 What amusement is common here ? (279.) In what direction 
 from Petersburg is Moscow ? How will you go from Moscow 
 to the capital of Poland? What do you find remarkable in 
 Poland ? (280.) To what seaport will you go, to sail for Stock- 
 holm ? What can you say of the Swedes, and their mines ? (281.) 
 Row can you go from Stockholm to Amsterdam ? What places 
 do you pass, and what peninsula ? What do you find in Hol- 
 land ? (295.) How will you go to find the second city of 
 Europe ? (Pan*, p. 127, 6.) 
 
 What drink shall you find common here ? (300.) How will 
 you go to Berlin through the principal kingdoms of Germa- 
 ny ? And now, how will you get to Vienna ? and what coun- 
 tries, rivers and mountains must you pass ? What singular 
 class of people shall you find in Austria ? Describe Venice-. 
 
TKAVELS ON THE MAP. 127 
 
 (see p. 128.) Ar"e the nobles or the common people of Austria 
 best? (298.) 
 
 What lofty mountains shall you find in Switzerland, and how 
 shall you be in danger here? (299.) In what direction is the 
 country of the ancient Romans? (305.) 
 
 What objects of curiosity shall you find in Italy ? (See p. 28, 
 a, and $305.) What ancient country will be east of you when 
 you reach Sicily ? What shall you find interesting in Greece ? 
 What course will you take to Smyrna ? What countries of 
 Europe which you have not visited, shall you pass in going home 
 from Smyrna ? What port of Spain shall you pass, in going 
 towards the straits of Gibraltar? 
 
 The plague often prevails in Turkey, and they will not allow 
 you to land in Spain, until you have spent a month in quaran- 
 tine on board the vessel. 
 
 Which way will you go to find the capital of Spain ? What 
 course will you take to visit the capital of Portugal, and then 
 meet your vessel at Gibraltar? 
 
 Gibraltar is much resorted to for trade, and you will find the 
 dress and languages of ten different nations in its streets. It is 
 probably the strongest fortress in the world. It belongs to 
 Great Britain. 
 
 Describe your course from Gibraltar home. 
 
 CCCX. CITIES OF EUROPE. (For the Review.) 
 
 The cities of Europe far surpass those of America, in number, 
 population and magnificence. They are superior to any in the 
 world, in their universities, hospitals, museums and other public 
 institutions, in the splendour and size of their churches and pub- 
 lic buildings, and in the extent of their manufactures and com- 
 merce. 
 
 In the cities on the continent of Europe, the streets are 
 usually narrow, crooked and filthy. They are seldom famished 
 with side walks, and foot passengers are exposed to constant 
 danger in the crowd of carriages. 
 
 The houses are generally of stone or brick ; but in many of 
 the towns of Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Russia, they are 
 built of timber. They are usually high, often from five to ten 
 stories in large cities. They are not uniform in their appear- 
 ance, and magnificent palaces are frequently surrounded with 
 wretched huts. 
 
 The cities of Europe are much more crowded with houses 
 and inhabitants than those of the United States. In the more 
 populous countries, villages like those of America are 
 rarely seen ; but every collection of houses appears like a 
 
"127(6.) DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 portion of a large city. A great number of the cities and towns 
 are STirrounded with walls, and entered only by gates. 
 
 In the cities of the Catholic countries, especially in the south 
 of Europe, pictures or images of saints are placed at the corner 
 of the streets, and passengers frequently stop to offer their de- 
 votions before them. These cities are also distinguished for 
 the great number of their churches and chapels, and for the 
 costly paintings, statues and ornaments they contain. The 
 cities of Southern Europe are usually furnished with water by 
 aqueducts ; and public fountains are erected in the streets and 
 public squares, which add to their beauty, and produce a re- 
 freshing coolness in summer. 
 
 Most of the large cities are seaports, or connected with the 
 sea. The capitals are usually distinguished as the residence 
 of the sovereign and royal family. London, Paris, Petersburg, 
 Moscow, Vienna, Berlin, Amsterdam, Dublin, Rome, Florence, 
 and Dresden, are situated on rivers, which divide them into 
 two portions connected by bridges. Rome, Madrid, Lisbon 
 and Edinburgh, are built on several hills, which gives them a 
 picturesque appearance. Naples, and most of the other cities 
 lying on the Mediterranean, are situated on declivities, and the 
 streets rise from the shore, like the seats of an amphitheatre. 
 
 London is the first city in the civilized world, in population, 
 commerce and wealth. It also includes Westminster, the resi- 
 dence of the royal family and court, and Southwark, on the 
 south de of the Thames. The streets are generally well 
 paved, and furnished with good side walks. It is distinguished 
 for the number and extent of its literary and charitable insti- 
 tutions. 
 
 Paris is the second city of Europe in population. It holds 
 the first rank in the beauty of its public gardens, fountains, 
 monuments and palaces, and in the extent and value of its libra- 
 ries and literary institutions. It is especially distinguished for 
 the gaiety and dissipation of the people, and the number and 
 variety of its public amusements. 
 
 Constantinople presents a magnificent appearance from the 
 sea, in the assemblage of mosques, towers and palaces, mingled 
 with beautiful trees. But the streets are narrow, and the whole 
 aspect within the city, is gloomy and disagreeable. 
 
 Naple* is situated in the midst of a fine amphitheatre of hills. 
 On one side is Mount Vesuvius ; and a bay spreads before it, 
 ornamented with fertile islands, which is scarcely equalled in 
 beauty by any in the world. 
 
CITIES OF EUROPE. U27(c.) 
 
 Moscow, the ancient capital of Russia, was burned in the 
 war of 1812, but is now in a great measure rebuilt. It presents 
 a singular mixture of Asiatic huts, and temples, and mosques, 
 with European palaces and churches. 
 
 St. Petersburgh is one of the most magnificent cities in Eu- 
 rope, and the seat of extensive commerce. It is built on a 
 spot which was almost a marsh 100 years ago. 
 
 Madrid is situated dn high ground, half a mile above the 
 level of the sea, which renders it cool at all seasons. It is only 
 important as the residence of the king and royal family. 
 
 Lisbon, at a distance, presents a magnificent appearance. It 
 has a fine body of water before it, and beautiful cultivated hills 
 in the rear. But the streets are irregular and filthy, and the 
 houses are neither elegant nor convenient. 
 
 Vienna, the former capital of Germany, is now the chief city 
 of the Austrian empire. It is the resort of merchants from va- 
 rious nations of Europe and Asia, and is distinguished for the 
 beauty of its environs, and the luxury and dissipation of the 
 nobility. 
 
 Amsterdam is built on oaken piles, in a marshy spot, and like 
 most of the cities of Holland, is intersected by a great number 
 of canals passing through its principal streets. 
 
 Dublin is the second city of the British Isles. It presents a 
 grand appearance from the sea, and few cities have a greater 
 proportion of magnificent and useful buildings. 
 
 Berlin, the residence of the king of Prussia, is a handsome, 
 well built city, situated on both sides of the River Spree, a 
 small branch of the Elbe. 
 
 Rome was once the capital of the known world, but is now 
 decaying in population and wealth. A large part of it is laid 
 out in fields and gardens, or covered with the ruins of the an- 
 cient city. Its churches are very splendid. St. Peter's is the 
 grandest in the world. 
 
 Venice is a beautiful city, remarkable for its situation on 
 islands. The people pass from one part to another in boats, on 
 the canals, and horses and carriages are rarely seen. 
 
 Hamburgh is the greatest commercial city of Germany. 
 Like the cities of Holland it is intersected by canals. Its streets 
 are not pleasant or well built. 
 
 Copenhagen, situated on the island of Zealand, is a commer- 
 cial city of considerable wealth and beauty. 
 
 Edinburgh is not a place of commerce or of manufactures, 
 but it is distinguished for its literary institutions and its learned 
 men. 
 
J -0 DESCRIPTION' OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 Stockholm has a singular and romantic appearance, from its 
 situation on a number of rocky islands. 
 
 Florence, the capital of Tuscany, is a beautiful city, situated 
 on both sides of the river Arno. Turin is a handsome, fortified 
 town, the residence of the king of Sardinia. Dresden is one of 
 the most elegant cities of Europe, distinguished for its manufac- 
 tures of fine porcelain or china ware. Genera, the chief city 
 of Switzerland, has a beautiful situation on the lake of the 
 same name. Genoa is a commercial city, the birth place of 
 Columbus. Warsaw, the capital of Poland, is composed chief- 
 ly of mean, wooden hovels, with only a few fine buildings. 
 Bergen has a fine harbour. Christiana is the principal place 
 in Norway, and is admired for the beauty of its situation. 
 
 The chief cities of Europe rank in population as follows : 
 
 1 London " Moscow " Berlin " Genoa 
 
 2 Paris & Lisbon 7 Venice " Turin 
 
 3 Constanti- " Vienna " Rome " Warsaw 
 
 nople " Amsterdam 8 Copenhagen " Stockholm 
 
 4 Naples " .Madrid " Edinburgh 10 Dresden 
 Petersburgh 6 Dublin 9 Florence " Geneva. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 311. Asia is the largest of the four great divisions of 
 the globe, and has the. greatest number of inhabitants. 
 
 It was in Asia that our first parents were created, 
 and the human race preserved after the deluge ; there 
 the most important events recorded in scripture took 
 place, and there the Saviour died to redeem mankind. 
 
 312. Asia and its islands extend from the Equator 
 and the Torrid Zone on the south, beyond the Polar 
 Circle on the north, each portion partaking of the pe- 
 culiar character of its zone. (See map of the World, 
 and the account of zones 87, 88 96,97102, 103.) 
 
 313. The northern and middle portions of Asia, 
 like those of America, are generally colder than the 
 countries of Europe in the same latitude. 
 
 314. The tea-plant and some of the finest perfumes 
 and spices, including the nutmeg, cinnamon and clove, 
 are productions of Asia which are not found, or very 
 sparingly, in any other part of the world. 
 
ASIA, 129 
 
 '. Asia abounds in the precious metals and gems, 
 and was for a long time the only place where diamonds 
 an d pearlswere obtained. 
 
 316. The people in the west of Asia have light com- 
 plexions, and belong to the European race ; but those 
 east of the Caspian Sea are generally of a deep yellow 
 or brown, and belong to the Tartar and Malay races. 
 CCCXVII. (For the Review.') 
 
 a. The people of the half-civilized countries are divided into 
 various ranks or casts, and the sou must take the rank and em- 
 ployment of his father. 
 
 b. In these countries many of the arts, as the working of 
 metals and the manufacture of silk, woollen and porcelain, are 
 found in a very perfect state. 
 
 c. The sciences are little understood in Asia ; but in the half- 
 civilized countries, there are schools and seminaries to give the 
 knowledge of writing and arithmetic, and of their laws and re- 
 ligion, to certain classes of the people. 
 
 d. The languages of Asia are far more numerous than those 
 of Europe, and many books of religion, laws, history and poetry 
 are found written in them. 
 
 e.The great mass of the Asiatics are in the most degraded 
 state of ignorance, and are cruelly oppressed by despotic 
 priests, nobles and emperors. 
 
 /. They generally practise fraud, robbery and the worst of 
 crimes without shame, and often make vice a part of religious 
 worship. 
 
 Questions. 7. On what continent, and in what part of it 
 is Asia ? (See map of the World.) How is Asia bounded on the 
 N. E. S. and W ? What is the size of Asia compared with other 
 portions of the globe ? What is its population ? What are 
 some of the most striking events which have occurred in Asia ? 
 What are some of the peculiar productions of Asia ': What 
 are its mineral productions ? What is the complexion of the 
 people in the western countries ? What in the eastern and 
 southern parts ? 
 
 Questions on the map. //. In what zones are the northern 
 regions of Asia ? In what the middle ? The southern ? Describe 
 the climate of each part according to that of its zone. What 
 can you say of the southern countries of Asia ? What is the 
 climate of the northern parts, compared with that of Europe? 
 
130 DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 How are the people divided in the half-civilized countries ' 
 What it the state of the arts in these countries ? What is that 
 of the sciences, and what provision have they for education ? 
 What can you say of the languages of Asia '. What is the state 
 of the common people generally in Asia ? What is the moral 
 state of the Asiatics generally : 
 
 Questions on the Chart of the World. 
 
 Civilisation, /. Are there any civilized countries in Asia ? 
 What countries are half-civilized, and in what part of Asia do 
 they chiefly lie ': What parts are barbarous ? What are savage ? 
 
 Gorernment. //. What countries of Asia are governed by 
 chiefs ; What kind of government is there in the other coun- 
 tries of Asia.' What parts are subject to Russia? What to 
 China ? 
 
 Religion. II. Is there any Christian country in Asia 
 What parts are Mahometan ? What are Pagan.' Are there 
 any missionary stations in Asia, and in what countries chiefly ? 
 
 Population. II. What country of Asia has the largest num- 
 ber of inhabitants ? Which is next to China in population ? 
 What three countries have 14 or 18 millions? What three have 
 10 millions ? W T hich is the largest country of Asia, and what 
 is its population ? (The population of Tartary and TJiibd is 
 rery uncertain.) What tribes and where, in Siberia and Tar- 
 tary ? 
 
 Questions on the Map of Asia. 
 
 Seas, Gulfs, Ice. /. What seas are there on the v. 
 Asia r Where is the Isthmus of Suez, which unites it to Africa '. 
 What straits lead to the Red Sea ? What two seas are there 
 E. of the Black Sea r What gulfs and bays in the south of 
 What seas on the east What gulf E. of Tartary ? 
 
 Mountains /. What chain of mountains in the middle of 
 Asia ? Describe its direction, length and height. (See XLVII. 
 i. and q.) What name does it take at the N. E. ? What chain 
 south of the Altaian, running in the same direction? What 
 chain unites them to the Altaian chain ? What two chains in the 
 west of Asia ': What chain do you find in the south of Hin- 
 doostan ? What chain in Arabia ? Which is the longest chain 
 in Asia ? Which are the highest mountains in Asia ? (Ste 
 XLVII. b. and d.) 
 
 Laf-ft and Inland Seat. /. What great inland seas are 
 
{here in the west of Asia, not connected with the ocean ? What 
 lake or sea is there in East Persia ? What lakes in Siberia, and 
 where ? What is their size ? (See LXIII. e.) 
 
 Rivers. 7. What are the three great rivers in the north 
 of Asia, beginning at the east ? Where is the Olensk ? What 
 two branches has the Oby? What branch has the Yenesei? 
 Through what lake does one of its branches pass? What three 
 great rivers in the east of Asia ? What river empties into the 
 China Sea ? What one into the gulf of Siam ? What into the 
 Bay of Bengal on the east? What smaller ones on the west? 
 What river in the west of Hindoostan? What in East Persia? 
 Where are the Tigris and Euphrates? What rivers empty 
 into the Caspian Sea? What into the Sea of Aral? What 
 branch has the Sihon ? What one on the borders of Asia empties 
 into the Sea of Azof? How many of the great rivers of Asia 
 rise from the mountainous regions of Tartary and Thibet ? 
 
 //. Describe each of the rivers named. 
 
 Boundaries and Capitals, I. What country occupies the 
 northern part of Asia ? How is it bounded, and what is the 
 capital ? Between what latitudes does most of it lie ? What 
 countries lie principally between 30 and 50 latitude, occu- 
 pying the middle of Asia ? Mention the boundaries and 
 capital or chief city of Turkey Georgia Independent Tar- 
 tary Chinese Tartary Thibet Arabia Persia East Per- 
 sia. What countries lie between Thibet and Hindoostan ? 
 What are the countries of Asia lying chiefly S. of 30 latitude ? 
 How far S. do they extend ? What are the boundaries and 
 capitals of Hindoostan ? China? The Burman Empire? Ton- 
 kin ? Siam ? Malaya ? What are the principal countries on the 
 eastern coast of Asia ? What on the western coast ' What on 
 the southern ? 
 
 Islands. /. What islands lie N. of Asia, and in what ocean ? 
 What three large islands are there on the E. coast of Tartary ? 
 What two islands near the coast of China ? What small cluster 
 more distant? What cluster of islands lies E. of Tonkin? 
 What are the principal islands in it ? What is the most eastern 
 group of the Asiatic Isles? What are the chief islands in it ? 
 What two large islands lie between these and Malaya ? What 
 are the chief islands among the Isles of Sunda, or those lying S. 
 of Borneo and Celebez ? What very large island lies S. E. from 
 Asia ? To what division of the earth does it belong ? (See map 
 of the World.) What small islands lie in the Bay of Bengal ? 
 What large island S. of Hindoostan ? What small groups west 
 of this ? 
 
DESCRIPTION OF COrXTRIE5. 
 
 Latitudes and Longitudes. //. What are the coonu . 
 Europe in the same latitude with Siberia and Kamschatka ? 
 What of America f What countries of America and Europe 
 correspond to Tartary in latitude ? What correspond to Tur- 
 key and the north of Persia, Thibet and China? What coun- 
 tries are farther south than any in Europe ? What other por- 
 tions of the world are in the same latitude ? 
 
 Whai: places in Siberia are nearly in the latitude of Peten- 
 What towns and mountains are nearly in latitude 51^ 
 N. or in that of London ? What important places are from 39 
 to 41 -, or nearly in the latitude of Madrid, Naples and New- 
 York? What remarkable places do you find in latitude 30 to 
 that of New-Orleans, Natchez and Savannah, in the U. 
 States ? Near what remarkable places does the Tropic of Can- 
 cer pass ? What parts or islands of Asia does the Equator 
 What i-lands do you find S. of the Equator? What is the lon- 
 gitude of Turkey E. from Philadelphia? (See Chart of t/ie 
 World.) Is their time earlier or later than ours, and how 
 much? {See page 45.) What time is it in Hindoostan, when it 
 is noon at Philadelphia: What in the Birman empire and 
 China ? What in Japan ? 
 
 NORTHERN ASIA. 
 SIBERIA. 
 
 Siberian Hunter and Exile. 
 318. The northern regions of Asia are entire: 
 cupied by the Russian dominions, or Siberia. 
 
MIDDLE KEG IONS OF ASIA.. 133 
 
 The people of Siberia are rude or barbarous, usually 
 living in huts, half under ground, and subsisting chiefly 
 by hunting and fishing. 
 
 This is the country to which state criminals are often 
 exiled from Russia. Some of the large towns resem- 
 ble those of the European dominions in civilization 
 and religion. 
 
 319. It is generally frozen and barren, resembling 
 Lapland in climate. It is larger than the whole of Eu- 
 rope. Many parts of it are immense plains, covered 
 with almost perpetual snow. 
 
 Russia obtains large supplies of precious stones, gold, 
 silver and other metals, and salt, from the mines of this 
 country ; and the finest furs from its wild animals. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What country occupies the north- 
 ern part of Asia ? How is Siberia bounded ? What cape is on 
 the north ? What islands ? What chains of mountains in and 
 around it ? What rivers in the northern part ? What is the 
 capital ? 
 
 //. What places on the River Ural? Where is Tobolsk? 
 What other place on the Oby below this ? Where is the Steppe 
 of Issim? (See XLIII. rf.) What lake near it ? Where are Kol- 
 hy vane and Tomsk ? What 'place near Lake Baikal ? What 
 river passes through this lake ? What town on the River Lena ? 
 Where is Okotsk? What peninsula on the east, and what 
 towns on it ? What missionary stations are there in Siberia ? 
 
 MIDDLE REGIONS OF ASIA. 
 
 Circassia Georgia Tartary Turkey Persia 
 
 Thibet Japan. 
 
 o20. The middle regions of Asia may be considered 
 as embracing that vast mountainous tract or lofty plain, 
 between the Altaian chain on the north, and the Him- 
 maleh Mountains and Chinese wall on the south, ex- 
 tending from the Black Sea to the Channel of Tartary. 
 
 321. They lie between 30 and 50 of N. latitude ; 
 but the climate and productions depend chiefly on their 
 situation, and the height of the ground. (Sec 113, 114.) 
 12* 
 
134 DESCRIPTION or COUNT; 
 
 The southern parts of Persia, East Persia anu 
 Thibet extend into southern Asia, and partake of it? 
 clinr 
 
 323. A part of Turkey is warmer than the south 01" 
 Europe ; but in general, the countries west of the Be- 
 lur Tag, or Cloudy Mountains, are temperate. The 
 cold is moderated by the seas they embrace, and the 
 heat by the mountains which cross them. 
 
 ', . The countries east of the Belur Tag lie chiefly 
 on one lofty plain, and are subject to extreme cold, 
 even as far south as Thibet and the northern parts of 
 Cabul ; their winters being much more severe than in 
 the L'nited States. The air of these regions is so dry, 
 that meat may be preserved for a long time without 
 salt. 
 
 Questions. /. How are the middle countries of Asia bound- 
 ed * In what latitudes do they lie, aud how is their climate 
 determined ': What parts extend into Southern Asia ? What i? 
 the climate W. of the Belur Tag, and why ? Describe the coun- 
 tries E. of the Belur Tag. What is remarkable in the air ? 
 CIRCASSIA AND GEORGIA. 
 
 Selling a Circassian female. 
 
 325. Circassia and Georgia lie between the Caspian 
 and Black Seas, and are now both included in the do- 
 minions of Russia in Asia. 
 
MIDDLE REGIONS OF A.S1A. 
 
 i ircasoia is inhabited by numerous hordes of wan- 
 dering Tartars. The people of Georgia, like those of 
 Armenia, profess the Christian religion. 
 
 These countries are celebrated for beautiful females, 
 who are often sold as slaves to the Turks and Persians. 
 
 Questions. I. Where is Circassia? Where is Georgia? 
 What is the chief city, situated on the River Kur ? 
 TARTARY. 
 
 Tartar Tents and Cattle. 
 
 326. The Tartars live in tents of felt, which are car- 
 ried on horses, and sometimes on wheels, from place 
 to place. They wander in vast hordes or tribes, to 
 find pasturage for their horses, camels and sheep, and 
 feed chiefly on the flesh and milk of these animals. 
 
 Tartary occupies almost the whole of the middle of 
 from the Caspian Sea to the Pacific Ocean. It 
 is divided into Chinese Tartary. lying east of the Be- 
 lur Tag, subject to China ; and Independent Tartary, 
 west of these mountains, many of whose hordes pay 
 tribute to the emperor of Russia. 
 
 INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 
 
 327. This country has &mne climate, and generally, 
 a fertile soil, which is left uncultivated. 
 
 It was once the seat of a powerful empire, and 
 abounds in the ruins of ancient cities. 
 
DESCRIPTION OF COVNTRIE?. 
 
 The people are generally barbarous ; bat in some 
 parts they retain a small portion of civilization and 
 knowledge. 
 
 Samarcand, the former capital, is said to be very 
 large still. It contains a celebrated Mahometan 
 school, or university. 
 
 Qutstiom on the map. /. How is Independent Tartary 
 UoundeJ ! What sea does it contain ? What rivers has it .' 
 What is the capital .' What other city : 
 
 CHI-VEaE TARTARY. 
 
 This portion of Tartary occupies the greater 
 part of the elevated plain, mentioned in the account of 
 the middle regions of Asia. 
 
 In most parts it is very barren, and scarcely inhabit- 
 ed ; but the eastern portion contains a number of cities, 
 little known. 
 
 'ion* on the map. /. How is Chinese Tartary bound- 
 e 1 : How is it separated from China ? What great river is there 
 uii the can ': \\ hat place on it ? What other principal places in 
 the eastern part ': What peninsula there, and what islands '. 
 What deserts in the interior ? What place in the western part 
 of Chinese Tartary > (Clim. 324, Dettrt XLIII. 6.) 
 TURKEY IX ASIA. 
 
 Turks silting. 
 39. Like most eastern nations, the Turks sit on the 
 nod take their food with their fingers. 
 
 was the original seat of the empire of 
 
MIDDLE REGIONS OF A.S 'i 37' 
 
 ihe Turks, which now extends to Europe, and has its 
 capital there. 
 
 It is warmer than Turkey in Europe, but the general 
 character of the country and people is the same. 
 
 Armenia is inhabited by Christians, and many Greek 
 Christians are scattered over other parts of Turkey. 
 
 The southern part, now called Syria, was formerly 
 the residence of the Jews, with Jerusalem for its t capital. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Turkey bounded ? What 
 is the capital? What chain of mountains in Asia Minor? 
 
 //. What are the three principal divisions? What Christian 
 province is there in Turkey, and where? What rivers run from 
 Turkey into the Persian Gulf? What port on the Archipelago? 
 What port on the Black Sea? What places near the Black 
 Sea ? \V hat cities on the Tigris, beginning at its soured ? Where 
 is Jerusalem ? What three seaports in Syria? Where are Alep- 
 po and Damascus ? What island on the coast of Syria ? 
 PERSIA. 
 
 Persian ladies riding and walking. 
 
 330. The Persians travel chiefly on camels. Their 
 women are either closely shut up, or cover their faces 
 when they go out. 
 
 A large part of Persia isKbvcred with barren moun- 
 tains and desert plains. 
 
 The air is cold and moist at the north, pure and se- 
 rene in the middle, but extremely hot h: il, 
 

 MJ-1IOX OF LOI.MRIL5. 
 
 The people are active, gay, polished and hospitable, 
 but dishonest, treacherous and vicious. 
 
 Qutftioni on the map. /. How is Persia bounded ? What is 
 the capital ? Where is Ispahan the former capital : 
 
 //. Where is Erivan ? What other cities in the north ? What 
 seaport on the Gulf of Persia : Where is Shiraz ? Are there 
 any considerable rivers ? 
 
 KAST PERSIA. 
 
 . The eastern part of Persia, which was separa- 
 ted from the rest some years since, contains a number 
 of distinct governments, most of which are tributary 
 to the king of Cabul. It is therefore often called Ca- 
 bulistan, and sometimes Afghanistan, from the Afghans, 
 a part of its inhabitants. 
 
 This country is mountainous, and therefore cooler 
 than those around it. 
 
 The people, especially the Afghans, are more ac- 
 tive and warlike than their neighbours, and have en- 
 croached on their dominions. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is East Persia bounded ? 
 What are the two principal divisions ? What is the capital ? 
 What mountains on the north ? What separates it from Hin- 
 doostan : What city has it east of the Indus ? What city in 
 the west, and of what size '". What river and what city in the 
 south ? What place near the mouth of the Indus ' 
 THIBET. 
 
 hip of the Grand Lama. 
 In Thibet thev worshio the Grand Lama, or 
 
MIDDLE REGIONS OF ASIA. 
 
 139 
 
 head of their religion and government, as a divine he- 
 ing. When he dies, they believe his soul passes into 
 the body of some child, who is sought and placed on 
 the throne. 
 
 Thibet is a very dry, cold, unfruitful country, in the 
 midst of mountains, subject to the emperor of China. 
 
 The people are mild, but indolent, timid and super- 
 stitious. They have much more knowledge and skill 
 in the arts than the Tartars. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Thibet bounded ? What is 
 the capital ? What large rivers rise in the mountains of Thibet* 
 What is the height of the highest ? (See XLVII.) 
 NAPAUL A\D BOOTAIV. 
 
 333. These two kingdoms lie between Thibet and 
 Hindoostan, and are tributary to Thibet. 
 
 They properly belong to Southern Asia, and have a 
 warm, but fine climate, like the north of Italy. 
 
 By ascending the mountains near them, the inhabi- 
 tants may have perpetual spring, or unchanging 
 winter. 
 
 Questions. /. What is the situation of these kingdoms ? 
 What can you say of the climate and mountains : Why are the y 
 not very hot, like Hindoostan ? (Ses 113.) 
 JAPAN. 
 
 Japanese trampUji* on ;h>' f 
 334. The Japanese were fonnorlv obliged --'., -r 
 
to trample on the cross, as a token of their hatred (o 
 Christianity, which was once introduced among them 
 bj Portuguese Catholics. This custom is said to be 
 abolished. 
 
 Japan is subject to extremes of heat and cold, but is 
 highly cultivated, and is said to be the richest of all 
 countries in gold and silver. 
 
 The people are very ingenious, and are considered 
 superior in arts, sciences and good laws, to most if not 
 all other nations of Asia. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Where are the islands of Japan, 
 c.-:l how many are there: Which is the largest ': What is the 
 capital ? What is the second city ? Where is the chief place of 
 trade, Xanjasaki ? 
 
 SOUTHERN ASIA. 
 
 Arabia Hindoostan Birmah Tonkin Siam-*- 
 Malaya China. 
 
 335. The southern countries of Asia lie generally on 
 the Indian Ocean, between 10 and 30 of N. latitude. 
 
 This division of Asia contains Arabia. Hindoostan, 
 Birmah, Tonkin, Siam. Malaya and China. China 
 extends north to 40 of latitude, and Malaya south to 
 the equator. 
 
 336. All these countries, except the northern part? 
 of China, have the climate and productions of the Tor- 
 rid Zone, and the choicest plants of A- 
 
 337. They abound in rice, which is the principal 
 food of the inhabitants, and io cotton and silk, from 
 which most of their clothing is made. 
 
 CCCXXXVIII. (For the /tat etc.) 
 
 a. Except Arabia, they are highly cultivated, but so crowded 
 
 with inhabitants, thai the common people are miserably poor, 
 
 and are often led by want, to destroy or expose their children. 
 
 I any of these nations are from necessity, more active and 
 
 industrious than others found in the Torrid Zone. 
 
 e. The chief exports of Southern Asia and its islands are cof- 
 fee, tea, gums, opium, spice?, precious stones and metals with 
 numerous manufactures of silk and cotton. 
 
 Questions. /. Where do the southern countries- c : 
 '"hat countries are included in this division c: 
 
-SOUTHERN ASIA. i 11 
 
 How far do China and Malaya extend ? What cun you say of 
 the climate and productions ? \ 
 
 II. What articles of food, and materials for clothing are 
 found here ? What is the state of population, and of the com- 
 mon people ? What effect does necessity produce on the ehst 
 racter of the people ? What are the chief exports 5 
 ARABIA. 
 
 Tent of an Arab. 
 
 339. The interior of Arabia is inhabited by wander- 
 ing Arabs, who live in tents, and subsist by pasturage- 
 and robbery. 
 
 The inhabitants of the coast live in towns and citie>. 
 and are much more advanced in civilization. 
 chart of the World.} 
 
 The climate of Arabia is very hot and dry, and tin- 
 interior is a sandy desert, where water is seldom found. 
 This was the ' wilderness' which the Israelites crossed 
 in going from Egypt to Canaan. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Arabia bounded ? Wha.5. 
 do you find in the interior? What mountains are the princi- 
 pal? What remarkable mountain near the Red Sea ? An- 
 there any considerable rivers ? What is the capital ? 
 
 //. What is the port of Mecca on the Red Sea ? Whirh 
 way from Mecca is Medina ? W r hat is the principal place in 
 the east? Where is Mocha? What place is near it? Wli;it 
 place in the S. E., and how situated ? What Arabian i-ilarv! 
 near Cape Guardafui ? What wind blows here ? (X(? CXVF. e -. ' 
 13 
 
r 
 
 INDIA. 
 
 340. This name comprehends the two peninsulas ol 
 Southern Asia which are east of Arabia, divided into 
 India within the Ganges, and India without, or east of 
 the Ganges. 
 
 The name India, or East Indies, is often vsed to iit- 
 dvde China and the Asiatic hlands also. 
 
 These peninsulas are remarkabldti^rthe number and 
 size of their riven=, which, united with the heat of the 
 climate, make them the mo-=t fertile countries on earth. 
 
 HP 
 Or Indi.i 
 
 .1 
 
 341. It is one of the religious customs of the Hin- 
 thut wiriotvs should be burned or buried alive, 
 with the dead bodies of their hu>band? ; and hundreds 
 src thus de--:: '.r. 
 
 Hindoosian i? divided into a great number of small 
 
 kingdoms ; but the British govern almost all that por- 
 
 ^hich lies on the Bay of Bengal and the Ganges. 
 
 It is a very hot. but moist coontry, producing the 
 
 fruits and plants in abundance. (See 336, 337.; 
 
 The people are effeminate, indolent, and extremely 
 
 <p. /. How is Hir, "< 
 
145 
 
 VVlxa.t mountains ^re tliere on the north .' What is the chief 
 river? What three rivers in the southern part? What is the 
 capital ? Where is Delhi, the former capital ? 
 
 II. Where is Agra ? Mention the chief cities on the Ganges 
 in their order. What are tlie eastern and western coasts called :' 
 What places on the eastern coast? What on the western coast ? 
 How is Bombay situated? What cities in the interior of the 
 southern part of Hindoostan ? What in the western part : 
 Where is Golconda, celebrated for its diamonds ? What is the 
 southern cape of Hindoostan ? What small islands are near it ? 
 What large island ? What missionary stations are there in 
 Hindoostan ? 
 
 CEYLON. 
 
 342. Ceylon is a large fertile island, which produce* 
 iilmost all the cinnamon brought from India. 
 
 It abounds in precious stones, and has a pearl fishery 
 on its coast. 
 
 The coasts of this island are possessed by the British. 
 It contains a large number of Catholics. 
 
 Questions on the map. 7. Where does Ceylon lie ? What is 
 the chief town ? Where is Trincomaly ? 
 
 INDIA, WITHOUT THE CIANT.KS. 
 
 343. This part of India lies south of Thibet, between 
 the Ganges and the Chinese Sea, including the empire* 
 of Birmah and Tonkin, with Si am and Malaya. 
 
 BIRMAH, OR BIRMAN EMPIRE. 
 
 ' Elephants i ',ur<le>is. 
 
 344. The Birman empire produces very tin* el<v 
 
ION Ol- 
 
 phants. which are trained for riding and carrying bur- 
 den?, and < -I in unlading ships. 
 
 This empire includes Ava, Pegu, and several smal 
 ioms, subdued by the more active and warlikt 
 Rinnans. 
 
 The climate is cooler than that of Hindoostan, fron 
 the greater height of the land, but is still very hot. 
 
 The people are lively and intelligent, and acquainted 
 
 with many of the arts ; but they are extremely crue 
 
 -ir punishments, and barbarous in many of thei: 
 
 Qut-ttians on the map. /. How is the Birman Empir 
 
 Vhal is the chief river? What is the capital 
 II. What seaport in the south '. What places on the Rive 
 IrrawaJy? Where is Arracan? (Clim, & Prod. 336, 337. 
 SIAM. 
 
 Houses j 
 
 In Siam, as in many of the neighbouring COUE 
 
 - the inhabitants are obliged to build their bouse 
 
 on posts, to avoid the annual floods of their rivers 
 
 which cover the country with water, but render th 
 
 soil very fertile. 
 
 It is a small but rich and flourishing kingdom, wit 
 i climate awl people like those of Birmah. 
 
 ons on ike map. 7. Where does Siam lie? Is it 
 kingdom ? What is the capital ? (Prod. 336. 7 A 
 
saimjKR.\ ASIA. 
 EMPIRE OF TONKIN. 
 
 14. 
 
 Jl Tonkin Priest burning a prayer. 
 
 346. The Empire of Tonkin is said to extend orer 
 ;ill the countries east of Birmah and Siam, including 
 Cochin China, Cambodia and Laos, but very little is 
 known certainly concerning these countries. 
 
 In Tonkin it is said the people write their prayer;, 
 and the priests burn them before their idols. 
 
 Although they are very superstitious, they are gene- 
 rally intelligent, active and industrious, and distin- 
 guished among Asiatics for honesty. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. In what direction from Birmah is 
 Tonkin ? What countries does it embrace ? How is it bound- 
 ed ? What river passes through it ? What is the capital * 
 What other principal place? What place in Cambodia? What 
 gull' "n the east, and what island ? (Clitn. and Prod. 336, 337.) 
 MALAYA. 
 
 347. Malaya, or Malacca, is a hot, but productive 
 country, containing many independent kingdoms. 
 
 The people of this peninsula are bold and enterpris- 
 ing, but remarkable for treachery and cruelty. 
 
 Questions on the map. I. How is Malacca bounded ? Wha< 
 is the chief town ? (dim. and Prod. 336, 337.) 
 13* 
 

 Olr cvJ 
 CHINA. 
 
 TheOiinese Jf 
 
 i48. The Chinese former!) 7 tried to defend them- 
 selves against the Tartars, by a wall with gates and nu- 
 merous towers, most of which still remains. It h 
 sufficiently broad for several persons to ride abreast 
 extending 1500 miles, over rivers and lofty mountains 
 
 China is also remarkable for the tea plant, and foi 
 eautiful porcelain ware, called china. 
 
 The soil in China is every where cultivated wilt 
 the greatest care, and an immense population is sup 
 ported ; but great numbers live on the water in boats 
 and the poor suffer for want of food. 
 
 The people are ingenious and industrious, but tim 
 id, dishonest, and treacherous in their intercourse will 
 strangers. 
 
 Quettions e the map. /. How is China bounded ? When 
 
 is the Chinese wall : In what latitude does China lie : Wha 
 
 must we su ornate of the various parts '. Wha 
 
 are the two chief rivers ': What is the capital? What are tht 
 
 .pal ports re is the most remarkabl) 
 
 of China : What large island lies near the coast ' Wha 
 
 small cluster bevond it - What countries of Asia are sv < 
 
.ASIATIC ISLKs. 147 
 
 JBAST INDIA OR ASIATIC ISLANDS. 
 
 Animals of the Asiatic Islands. 
 
 349. The Asiatic Islands may be considered as ex- 
 tending to 10 S. latitude, and 130 W. longitude. 
 
 350. They produce the finest fruits, gums, spices and 
 minerals. They also abound with wild animals, among 
 which are the ourang outang, crocodile, tiger, rhinoce- 
 ros, &c. The tiger and rhinoceros have severe con- 
 tests, in which the rhinoceros often throws his adver- 
 sary into the air with his horn. 
 
 35L These islands are divided into three principal 
 groups, the Sunda Isles, the Molucca or Spice Isles, 
 and the Philippine Isles. 
 
 THE SUNDA ISLES. 
 
 352. The Sunda Isles include Sumatra, Java, and 
 <oti :r islands south of Borneo and Celebez. 
 
 They furnish gold, diamonds and gums ; but pep- 
 per is the most important production. 
 
 They are inhabited by a mixture of Chinese,. Malays 
 and natives, and have much commerce. The interior 
 is little known. 
 
 Sumatra has a ridge of mountains running through it. 
 the highest being loftier than the Alps, which render 
 the climate generally agreeable, and in some part coir), 
 
148 DESCRIPTION OF COtXT 
 
 is a beautiful and fertile inland, but ver . 
 healthy. It is, now owned by the Dutch. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Which way from Malacca 
 matra ? What "straits separate it ? In what zone is it ? Where 
 is the British settlement of Bencoolen ? What other place d 
 you find ? Which way from Sumatra is Java : What strait 
 between them ? What is the capital ? What ore the other 
 principal islands among the Sunda Isles ? 
 
 BORNEO AXD CEI-EBEZ. 
 
 353. BORNEO is a very large island, entirely possess- 
 ed by the nati 
 
 It is rich in gold, diamonds, pearls, and valuable 
 plants, and is remarkable as the residence of the ourang- 
 outang, an animal very much like man. 
 
 354. CELEBEZ is a fruitful island, little known, with 
 a settlement belonging to the Dutch at Macassar. The 
 natives are said to be ingenious and brare, but fero- 
 cious and cruel. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Where is Borneo? What is the 
 capital? Between what islands does Celebez lie? Where i? 
 Macassar ? 
 
 THE MOLUCCAS, OR SPICE ISLANDS. 
 
 355. The Moluccas, or Spice Island?, are remark- 
 able for producing spices, and especially the nutmeg 
 and clove. They now belong to the Netherlands. 
 
 Question* on the map. 7. What islands are included in the 
 Moluccas? Which is the largest ? Mention the relative situa- 
 tion of the others. 
 
 PHILIPPIKE ISLES. 
 
 356. The Philippine Isles are posseseedt>y the Span- 
 iards. who have derived great revenues from them. 
 
 They produce gold and other metals, with cotton. 
 rice, and sugar in great abundance. 
 
 Question* on the map. I. Which is the largest of the Phil- 
 ippine Isles : What others are the principal - What is the 
 chief city, and its 
 
143 
 AUSTRALASIA. 
 
 Houses of Australasia. 
 
 357. Most of the people of Australasia live in rude 
 huts of bark, often built on floats, and some even sleep 
 on trees. 
 
 358. These nations are in a ruder state of society 
 than any yet known, with the patriarchal government, 
 and without any religion or knowledge of a future state, 
 so far as can be discovered. 
 
 Many tribes among them are without huts, clothes, 
 boats, or implements for hunting and fishing, and feed 
 on fruits, shell-fish, or even on caterpillars and worms. 
 
 Very little is known of this portion of the world, ex- 
 cept the coasts. 
 
 359. The people of New-Holland, and New-Guinea, 
 and the islands near the latter, are of the African race. 
 Those of the New-Hebrides, New-Zealand, and the 
 more Southern isles, resemble the Asiatics. 
 
 Qwes/ioTW. /. What can you say of the houses of the Aus- 
 tralasians? What is their state of civilization generally ? What 
 can you say of some tribes ? What is known of these coun- 
 tries? Of what races are the inhabitants? Between what 
 oceans does Australasia lie ? (See map of the World.) What 
 are the two largest islands ? What are some of the smaller 
 
150 DESCRIPTION OF COUXTME*. 
 
 ones E. of New-Guinea? What west of this island; What 
 straits between New-Holland and New Guinea ? What bland 
 E. of New-Holland. What one S. of it, and what strait? 
 separate it from New-Holland? What considerable island S. E. 
 of New-Holland ? What are some of the capes of New-Holland : 
 
 NEW-HOLLA-fD. 
 
 360. New-Holland is an extensive island, only one 
 quarter less than Europe. 
 
 The people of New-Holland generally resemble Af- 
 ricans in every thing except the straightness of their 
 hair; but some are found among them of the Malay race. 
 
 The British have established a settlement on Port 
 Jackson (formerly on Botany Bay) to which they sentl 
 criminals from England. 
 
 VAN DIEMAX'S LAND, the island south of Ne>v Hol- 
 land, is also settled by the British. 
 
 Quef/zoni on the map. /. What i= the comparative size of 
 New-Holland? What Gulf on the N. of New-Holland ? What 
 names are <riven to the northern, eastern, and western coasts ': 
 Where is Port Jackson ? Where is Sidney Cove : What mis- 
 sionary station near it? What other in Australasia? Where 
 does Van Dieinan's Land lie ' What settlement is there on it : 
 
 NEW-ZEALAND. 
 
 361. New-Zealand contains two large fertile 
 islands, which enjoy a mild climate like that of France. 
 
 The people are tall ani well formed, and more civ- 
 ilized than in any other portion of Australasia. The] 
 are brave and generous in many respects ; but thei 
 eat the bodies of their enemies killed in war. 
 
 One of the kings has received Christian missionaries 
 with great kindness, who are beginning to introduce 
 civilization and Christianity among the people. 
 
 Questiom /. What is the climate of New-Zealand? What 
 can you say of the people ? What improvement is beginning 
 among them ? How many islands are there belonging to New 
 Zealand : What straits divide them ? (See map of 1he 7T 
 
fOL \XESn. loJ 
 
 XKW-GU1NEA AND OTHER ISLANDS. 
 
 .'. NEW-GUINEA, NEW-BRITAIN, and the neigh- 
 bouring islands, lying in the north-eastern part of Aus- 
 tralasia, have been little examined. 
 
 They are rich in vegetable productions, and are dis- 
 tinguished as the chief residence of the bird of paradise. 
 
 363. NEW-CALEDONIA and the NEW-HEBRIDES are 
 snid to be barren and rocky islands. The people build 
 neat huts, and subsist on roots and fish. 
 
 Questions. I. What islands lie north of New-Holland? 
 What is known of them ? What are east of New-Holland ? 
 What can you say of them ? 
 
 POLYNESIA. 
 
 Human Sacrifice in Polynesia. 
 3G4. Polynesia includes the islands in the Pacific 
 Ocean, which lie east of the Philippine Islands and 
 Australasia. (See map of the World.} In almost all 
 these islands, they have been accustomed to sacrifice 
 human victims to their gods. 
 
 365. The climate of these islands is generally de- 
 lightful, and they abound in fine fruits, especially the 
 bread-fruit, which is used instead of bread. 
 
 366. The people are remarkably mild, polite and 
 ingenious, for barbarians ; but dishonest, vicious, and 
 
 1 in rnnnv of their customs. 
 
332 DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 367. Most of the nations of Polynesia are Pagans ; 
 but those of the Society and Sandwich Islands have 
 destroyed their idola and temples, and received Chris- 
 tian missionaries. 
 
 Questions. /. What is Polynesia ? What custom has been 
 generally prevalent : In what zone do most of these islands lie ? 
 What effect must their situation as islands have upon their cli- 
 mate : (See \ 114.) What is their climate in fact? What are 
 some of their productions? What is the character of the peo- 
 ple '. What is their religion ? 
 
 ISLANDS NORTH OF THE EaVATOR. 
 
 368. The inhabitants of the PELEW ISLANDS are 
 very hospitable to strangers, and remarkable for hon- 
 esty and chastity. 
 
 369. The CAROLINES are resorted to by ships after 
 voyages in the Pacific Ocean, on account of their fine 
 air and climate. 
 
 370. The SAXDWJCH ISLANDS are supposed to con- 
 tain 400,000 inhabitants; Owhyhee is 180 miles long 
 and 72 brod. Christian missionaries from the United 
 States are now instructing the people of these islands. 
 
 Questions on the map. I. What 3 groups of islands are N. 
 of the Equator ? In what direction from the Philippine Isles 
 are the Ladrones and Caroline Isles ? In what longitude are 
 the Sandwich Islands ? Which is the largest of the Sandwich 
 Islands ? What others are the principal, and in what direction 
 from Owhyhee ? What are some of the small islands lying be- 
 tween the Sandwich and Caroline isles ? 
 
 ISLANDS SOUTH OT THE EftUATOR. 
 
TRAVELS ON THK MAF. 15. 
 
 almost as fair as Europeans, with regular forms and fea- 
 tures. 
 
 Questions on the map. I. What are the principal groups of 
 islands S of the Equator ? In what longitude are the Friendly 
 and Navigator's Isles? What is the principal island among 
 the Friendly Islands ? What among the Navigator's Isles ? (n 
 what direction are the Society lies from the Friendly Isles? 
 What are the chief of thes islands. Where are the Marque- 
 sas ? In what longitude are these islands? What single islands 
 N. and E. of these groups ? 
 
 CCCLXXV. TRAVELS ON THE MAP, 
 In Asia, Australasia and Polynesia. 
 
 If you wish to travel in Asia, it will be best to embark for 
 Smyrna, where many American vessels go to obtain opium, 
 figs, and other fruits, and .-ilks. 
 
 Describe your course from the United States to Smyrna. 
 (Ste map of 'he World) What kind of people do you expect 
 to see there? (307 329 ) Which way will you go to visit 
 Ephesus ? (See map of Europe.) 
 
 Travellers in Asiatic Turkey, usually suffer their beards to 
 grow, and dress in robes and turbans, and slippers, because 
 the Turks often insult, and even kill, those they know to be 
 Christians, and think it is no crime. 
 
 Through what seas and straits must you pass to visit Con- 
 stantinople? (See map of Europe.) How mu=t you sit and 
 eat here? What is the nearest Russian port to Constantino le? 
 What sea must you cross to visit Circassia : Where is Astrachan? 
 
 In the Eastern part of Siberia- you would be amused at be- 
 ing drawn by dogs, but you will^ spend your time more profit- 
 ably in other parts of the world, than in taking the long, cold, 
 and difficult journey through it. 
 
 What have other travellers found in Siberia, and how is it 
 used as a place of punishment? (318.) Through what port on 
 the Caspian can you pass, to s^e Tellis, the capital of Georgia ? 
 In Wi.at direction will you go to visit Jerusalem 5 What places 
 shall you pass, and what can you ?ay of them ? 
 
 Do not fail to visit Mount Ararat, in Armenia, on which the 
 Ark rested after the deluge. 
 
 What can you say of Jerusalem and Syria? Who formerly 
 lived here,- and.what great events have taken place ? (329.) 
 
 In what direction is Egypt from Jerusalem ' Where will 
 you find the splendid ruins of Palmyra ? (See map of Africa.'} 
 14 
 
154 BEacaiPTioa OF 
 
 If you wish to see the Arabian desert, mnd visit Mount Sinai, 
 you must carry water with you in bags of skins, and procure 
 fmtft* who can drink, at once, enough for several days. 
 
 What is the direction of Mecca from Mount Sinai ? In what 
 direction is Mocha, which produces the finest coffee. 
 
 Which are most civilized, the Arabs on the coast or in the 
 interior ? (339.) What port will you find at the head of the 
 Red Sea? (See map ^ Afiic*.) What course will you take by 
 sea, to goto Bushirein Persia: 
 
 Observe in the Persian Gulf, the poor divers, who are slaves, 
 obliged to hazard their lives in procuring the pearl-oysters. 
 
 How do the ladies travel in Persia ? (330.) Shall you see 
 their frees ? In what direction will you go to the ancient capi- 
 tal ? Where is the modern capital, and what can you say of 
 these cities? How has Persia been divided ? (331.) How will 
 you go to the eastern portion of it f Are the people of this 
 country like those of West Persia ? 
 
 What interesting objects shall you see in Independent Tar- 
 tary ? (327.) How do you like their mode of living here, and 
 their food: (326.) What mountains must yon cross to go into 
 Chinese Tartary ? What country will then be near you? 
 
 Tou may now go to see the Grand Lama. (See 332.) Re- 
 member, when you go to risk a great man in Asia, always t 
 carry a present with you of some value. 
 
 What desert must you cross to reach Eastern Tartary? 
 yoa find any cities there ? 
 
 Perhaps yoa will see, as yoa pass, some helpless, aged 
 pie, whom their children have left to perish with hunger. 
 
 What small but wealthy kingdom is now east of you 
 Wht wall must you cross to go into China : If you are 
 milled to travel in China, (which will not be unless you are 
 company with an ambassador; which way will you go to t 
 capital? What is your coarse from thence to Nankin, and 
 Canton? What is the general state of the people? (348.) 
 
 Ton may now lay aside all your thick clothing, for it will 
 of no use to you in these countries. 
 
 How wiD yoa go to visit all the capitals of India without 
 Ganges? What mode of conveyance shall you find? (344.) 
 What kind of houses ? (345.) Will you venture to Malacca? 
 (See 347.) In what direction will you go to Calcutta ? 
 
 What do you think of the Hindoos ? Do they need any in- 
 struction and reformation? (34L) To what neighbouring 
 
i ;. \VELS o.\ rut: MAP. Ida 
 
 country can you go to avoid the heat ? (333.) What island S. 
 of Hindoostan, and what spice can you obtain there ? (342.) 
 
 In the other islands of Asia you will only be able to visit the 
 European settlements. Beware as you go, of the treacherous 
 Malays, who often visit vessels in a friendly manner, and then 
 slaughter every man on board. 
 
 What course will you take to visit the chief European settle- 
 ments in the islands of Asia, beginning at Sumatra? Describe 
 the islands you will see on your voyage, so far as known, ending 
 your course at the Spice Islands. How do you like the ap- 
 pearance and customs of the people of Australasia ? What 
 Europeans shall you find in New-Holland ? What missionary 
 stations shall you find in this portion of the world ? What peo- 
 ple iq Australasia do you like best ? 
 
 What Christian nation shall you find in Polynesia ? (373.) 
 Describe the islands you pass in going to them. (371, 372.) 
 
 When you reach Otaheite, you will find many Christian 
 churches, and the people beginning to be industrious, and 
 anxious to be acquainted with books. 
 
 What islands are north-east of these ? What can you say of 
 them? (374.) In what direction will you go to find the Sand- 
 wich Islands, where missionaries have gone from America ? 
 What courses will you take to go home round Cape Horn, and 
 what countries shall you pass ? 
 
 CCCLXXVI. CITIES OF ASIA. 
 
 Asia abounds with large cities, but much inferior in their 
 appearance to those of Europe. The buildings are generally 
 mean, and crowded with inhabitants. The streets are ex- 
 tremely narrow, irregular and filthy, and not usually paved. 
 
 In western Asia the houses of the rich are usually of stone, 
 or of brick, which are sometimes only sun-dried. They are 
 generally built around a court or space in the centre, from 
 which they receive most of their light and air, and which is fre- 
 quently adorned with gardens and fountains. The houses are 
 often magnificent within : but they have few or no windows 
 to\\ rds the street, and present to the traveller only a dismal 
 succession of high walls, with here and there a lattice, produc- 
 ing the appearance of a range of prisons. The roofs are usually- 
 flat, so that the inhabitants can pans from one house to another 
 without descending into the street. They frequently sleep on 
 the house top, in the hot season. The houses of the poor are 
 usually low and mean, built of mud, or a mixture of small 
 stones and mortar. 
 
J55(6) DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 Instead of churches, the Mahometan cities are adorned with 
 mosques, which are often very splendid. At the side of each 
 mosque are minarets, or lofty circular towers, with a gallery 
 near the top, from which a crier calls the people at the hours of 
 prayer. 
 
 The cities of Turkey, as well as those of Africa on the Med- 
 iterranean, are frequently visited by the plague, which destroys 
 vast numbers of the inhabitants. 
 
 The cities of Eastern Asia, (except a few in Hindoostan) 
 are poorly built, and are much inferior to those of Western 
 Asia. They are generally low thatched huts, formed of mud 
 or of bamboo. Even the ralace of the emperor of China is 
 only a collection of mean cottages, richly gilded, and hung 
 with splendid curtains and other orn ments. These cities are 
 built of such slight materials that they are frequently destroyed 
 by fire, but are easily rebuilt. The temples and pagodas are 
 generally the only building^ which have any beauty, and these 
 are often splendidly adorned with gold and gilding, and espe- 
 cially in China and Birmah. 
 
 Most of the cities of Asia are surrounded with walls, usually 
 of mud or sun-dried bricks. Many of them are partially in 
 ruins, or surrounded with the ruins of ancient cities. 
 
 dstrachan i a place of great trade, situated on an island in 
 the Volga. Its population is a mixed assemblage of various 
 nations. Irkutsk, the principal town of Eastern Siberia, is a 
 place of considerable trade and population, resembling Euro- 
 pean cities in it? churches and public buildings. Tobolsk and 
 Tomsk are im[>ortant on account of the trade carried on through 
 them, between Russia and China. Teflis is noted for its warm 
 bath?. 
 
 Samarcand was formerly the roost renowned city ofthe Eas 
 Bucharia i? a ulace of considerable trade and important 
 Both are noteJ tor their Mahometan col" 
 
 Aleppo is the principal city of Asiatic Turkey. Da 
 is beautifully situated on the River 1'arphar. Both these cities 
 re adorned with many fine buildings, and are important for 
 th'^ir manufactures and commerce. Smyrna is the chief seat of 
 foreign trade in Turkey. Bagdad is also an important seat of 
 commerce, but meanly built. Jerusalem is built on the ruins 
 of the ancient city. It is much resorted to by Christian pil- 
 grims, and still preserves a degree of magnificence. 
 
 Teheran is chiefly important as the residence of the king 
 and court of Persia. Ispahan, the former capital, is still 
 the first commercial city of Persia. It was formerly a city 
 
CITIKS OF ASIA. 165(c; 
 
 oi immense size, and the principal mosques and palaces are 
 still very grand. Its ruins are several mJles in extent. Shiras 
 is celebrated for its fine climate, and for the beauty of its en- 
 virons, as well as for its colleges. Bushire is the chief seaport 
 of Persia. 
 
 Mecca is celebrated as the birth place of Mahomet. It is 
 well built, and derives great wealth from the immense con- 
 course of Mahometan pilgrims. 
 
 Medina is a meanly built town, only remarkable for the 
 tomb of Mahomet. The mosque which contains it is magni- 
 ficent, supported by 400 columns of black marble, with 300 
 lamps continually burning. Sana is considered the largest and 
 most populous city of Arabia. Mocha is the chief seaport of 
 Arabia, and the seat of its trade with Europe. 
 
 Cabul is an ancient city. It has an extensive trade with 
 Tartary, Persia and India. Peshawer is one of the residences 
 of the king of Cabul, and the resort of people from all parts of 
 India and Western Asia. 
 
 Calcutta is the metropolis of British India. Its commerce is 
 very extensive, and it is inhabited by merchants from every 
 part of the globe. The houses of the English resemble Euro- 
 pean palaces. The natives inhabit a distinct portion of the 
 town, built in the Asiatic manner. 
 
 Madras is the capital of the British possessions in the south 
 of India, and Bombay of those on the East. Bombay is situ- 
 ated on a small barren island near the coast, and has exten- 
 *ive commerce. Columbo is the British capital of Ceylon. It 
 resembles the cities of Europe in its appearance. 
 
 Goa is a populous city and territory, possessed by the Por- 
 tuguese. Pondicherry, on the coast of Coromandel, belongs to 
 the French. 
 
 Benares is the most populous city of India, and celebrated as 
 a holy city and seat of learning. Many of its houses are large 
 and well built, and it is crowded with persons from all parts of 
 India, who come here to die. Delhi, the former capital of 
 Iliii 'oostan, is now much reduced. Poonah is the modern 
 capital of the empire of the Mahrattas. 
 
 Ummerapoora is the residence of the emperor of Birmah. 
 Siam is an extensive city, intersected by canals. Kesho, the 
 capital of Tonkin, has some wide streets and good buildings. 
 Faifo is a seaport of Cochin China, sometimes visited by Eu- 
 ropeans. Malacca contains many good houses of stone, and 
 is distinguished for a college founded by an English Missionary 
 Society. 
 
 14* 
 
3d DESCRIPTION Of COL.VTRIEs. 
 
 China abound* in large cities; but we know only the names 
 of most of them. Pekin is probably the most extensive and 
 populous city in the world. It is the residence of the emperor 
 of China. .Vanim, the former residence of the emperor, is 
 distinguished tor its porcelain tower, and for the cotton 
 cloth called nankeen. Canton is the principal port of China, 
 and the only one at which Europeans and Americans are al- 
 lowed to trade. All the cities known in China are very 
 uniform in their appearance and mode of building, and remark- 
 able lor their crowded population, and for the exercise oJ vari- 
 ous trades in their streets. Ctunyang, the capital of the .Mand- 
 shur Tartars, is said to be an extensive city. Cashgar is 
 the residence of the Cb nese governor of Tartary. Lassa is 
 the residence of the Grand Lama of Thibet, and is crowded 
 with worshippers from all parts of Asia. 
 
 Jeddo is one of the most populous cities on the globe. It is 
 the residence of the emperor of Japan, whose palace is a city 
 of itself. Mtaco is the centre of religion and knowledge in the 
 empire, .\~angasaki is the only place in Japan at which 
 Europeans are allowed to trade. 
 
 Macassar, Manilla and .imboyna are the chief places of 
 European trade, in the islands to which they belong. Ache/en* 
 the capital of the most celebrated native kingdom of Sumatra, 
 is formed of bouses built on posts. Batana was formerly a 
 place of very extensive trade. Its climate is almost fatal tc 
 strangers, and its population is now much diminished. Borneo, 
 the capital of the island of Borneo, consists of about 3.C 
 floating houses. Sydney, the chief settlement of New-Holla 
 is a large town, with one of the finest harbours in the world. 
 
 A F R I C A. 
 I . Africa is the third quarter of the globe in point 
 ef size. The population is variously estimated from 
 30 to 150 million*, but nothing is known with certain- 
 ty concerning any parts except the co- 
 
 378. The heat of the climate, in Africa generally. i> 
 aot moderated by mountains, lakes or rivers, and a 
 large part of it is occupied by vast deserts of sand. 
 
 . The climate, productions and character of the 
 
 people, are such as are generally found in the Torrid 
 
 Zone, those part? which are well watered being very 
 
 fuJ. 
 
AFRICA. 157 
 
 CCCLXXX. (For the Review) 
 
 a. The northern countries of Africa were anciently among 
 the most enlightened ill the world, and still have written lan- 
 guages. 
 
 6. These are now among the lowest of half civilized nations. 
 The rest of Africa has always been in a savage or barbarous 
 state. 
 
 c. Most of the Africans, like other barbarous nations, make 
 slaves of those whom they take in war, and many have been 
 sold to Europeans and Americans. In the northern Larts of 
 Africa, there is also a considerable trade in white slaves, usu- 
 ally Georgians, Circassians or Turks, but sometimes Americans 
 and Europeans. 
 
 d. The Abyssinians, and some of the people of Egypt, pro- 
 fess a corrupt Christianity, but not deserving the name. 
 
 e. All the other nationsof 4fricaare sunk in superstition and 
 vice ; and some nations have been found who do not believe in 
 any God. 
 
 Questions. /. On which Continent, and what part of it, 
 does Africa lie ? (See map of the world.) How is it bounded 
 on the N., E.. S.. and W.f What isthmus unites it to Asia? 
 What does Africa resemble in shape ? What is its compara- 
 tive size.' What is the supposed population ? In what zones 
 does it lie? What can you say of the climate generally? 
 What is the state of a h:rge part of it? What can you say of 
 the productions and people? 
 
 //. What was the ancient state of Northern Afric.a ? What 
 is it now, and what is that of other parts ? What l.arbarous 
 practice have they? What nations profess to be Christians ? 
 What is the moral state of the rest? 
 
 Questions on the. Chart of the World. 
 
 Civilisation. I. Are there any civilized countries in Africa? 
 What countries are half-civilized ? What are barbarous ? 
 What is the state of the rest ? 
 
 Government. 11. What is the government of Morocco ? 
 \\ I:at of the other northern countries ? What is that of Soudan ? 
 What of the other countries in the middle of Africa? What 
 of the southern countries ? What Christian colony on the south, 
 and to whom does it belong ? 
 
 Religion. /. What is the religion of the northern countries 
 of Africa and Nubia : What country in the middle has a cor- 
 rupt Christianity ? What is the religion of Soudan and Sene- 
 gambia? What is that of Guinea? Of the southern oouo- 
 tries ? What of the eastern coast ? 
 
158 DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 Population. //. What country is that whose population is 
 the largest known in Africa ? 
 
 Th( population of most of these countries is unknown, as well 
 as thai of many of their cities. 
 
 What countries have three millions of inhabitants ? What 
 one is supposed to have two millions of inhabitants? What is 
 the population of Algiers and Tripoli ? Who are the inhabi- 
 tants of Barbary ? What people do you find in Soudan ? What 
 in Guinea and Lower Guinea, and Zanguebar ? What in S. 
 Africa? Who inhabit the Colony of the Cape ? 
 Question* on the map of Africa. 
 
 Capes. 7. What is the most northern cape of Africa? {See 
 map of Europe.) What is the southern cape ? Between what 
 latitudes does Africa lie ? What are the eastern and western 
 capes ? Between what longitudes does it lie ? What capes on 
 the western coast above Cape Palmas ? What capes on the 
 coast of Guinea ? W T hat capes between this and the Cape o 
 Good Hope ? What capes on the eastern coast ? 
 
 Seas, Gulfs, ire. 7. What sea lies on the east ? What on 
 the north : What straits enter the Red Sea ? What channel 
 on the east ? What bays on the W. coast of Africa ? What oix 
 the eastern ? W r hat gulf near the Equator ? What one on 
 the north, and wjiere ? 
 
 Mountains and Deserts. 7. Where are the Mountains- of the 
 Moon ? What mountains in the western part of Africa .' What 
 in the northern ? What two chains of mountains between the 
 Equator and the Tropic of Capricorn ? What chain in South 
 Africa : What are the principal deserts known, and where are 
 they. 
 
 Lakes and Rivers. 7. Where is Lake Maravi? Lake 
 Dembeah ? Which are the two largest rivers of Africa ? What 
 three branches form the Nile : Where do they rise ': Where 
 does the Niger rise ? Through what country does it pass, as it 
 flows east ? 
 
 The Niger is believed by somt to empty into the JVt/e ; by 
 others, on the coast of Guinea ; and by otlurs, into an inland sea 
 or lake : but nothing is knotcn certainly on this subject. 
 
 Where is the Senegal ? Which way from it is the Gambia : 
 "What two rivers are south of the Kong Mountains ? Where is 
 the River Zaire ? Where is the Bembaroque ? What princi- 
 pal rivers in S. Africa? In what mountains do they rise? Which 
 is the largest ? What is the chief river known on the east : 
 What one in the S. part of Abyssinia ? 
 
 /. Describe each of the rivers mentioned. 
 
AFRICA. 159 
 
 Boundaries and capitals. /. What countries lie north of the 
 Tropic of Cancer ? What are the boundaries and capitals of 
 each, beginning 'with the states of Barbary on the west ? What 
 are the three great divisions of the country between the Tropic 
 and the Mountains of the Moon ? What are the boundaries and 
 capitals of each portion ? What are some of the smaller divi- 
 sions of Soudan ? What are the great divisions of Africa be- 
 tween the Mountains of the Moon, or Jibbel Kumra, and the 
 southern tropic ? 
 
 Ho little is knoirn of Africa that it is impossible to obtain any 
 accurate accounts of boundaries, in most parts of it. Those 
 which are chiefly formed by Geographers, art marked by small 
 dots and those more certain, by larger dots, with intervening 
 lines, <w in Barbary. 
 
 What are the countries and chief cities in Lower Guinea ? 
 What are some of the countries and chief cities on the coast of 
 Zanguebar ? What countries N. of the Equator on this coast? 
 What name is given to the unknown interior of this part of 
 Africa? What' are the boundaries and capital of the Colony 
 of the Cape. 
 
 Islands. /. What three group* of Islands do you find N of 
 Cape Blanco (See th> Chart of the World.) What cluster off 
 Cape Verd ? What small islands on the coast, above Cape 
 Verd What below What two Islands S. from Cape Palmas? 
 What in the Gulf of Guinea ? What large one on the eastern 
 coast? What two small one? east of this ? What north of it? 
 What in the Channel of Mozambique? What Arabian island 
 off Cape Guard ifui? 
 
 Latitudes and Longitudes* //. In what latitude do the north- 
 ern portions of Africa lie What is that of the Mountains of 
 the Moon ? Where does the Equator pass ? In what zone does 
 the middle portion or larger part of Africa lie ? What is the 
 latitude of South Africa ? With what countries of Europe does 
 it compare in lat.tude ? What parts of the United States are 
 in the latitude of Barbary: What places in Africa and t lie 
 neighbouring portions of Asia are in the latitude of Raleigh? 
 Ot Charleston.-' New-Orleans? Mexico? What parts of Africa 
 in the latitude of the West Indies ? Of New-Grenada ? Peru ? 
 Chili? Of Lima? Rio Janeiro ? Atacama ? Valparaiso? What 
 is the longitude, from London, of St. Helena What is the dif- 
 ference of time? What is that of Egypt (See Chart of the 
 World.) What is the difference of time between Philadelphia 
 and St. Helena between Philadelphia and the Cape of Good 
 -Hope, ? Between Philadelphia and Egypt ? 
 
IKtf 
 
 DESCRIPTION OF I 
 
 NORTHERN AFRICA. 
 
 331. Northern Africa raa} r be considered as embra- 
 cing the regions north of the Tropic of Cancer. 
 
 The natural heat of a tropical climate is here made 
 more oppressive b} r the neighbouring deserts. 
 
 The principal countries of Northern Africa are the 
 Barbary States and Egypt. 
 
 BARBARY STATES. 
 
 Hunting a Lion. 
 
 382. Lions of great ferocity abound in the northern 
 parts of Africa, and are often hunted by the natives. 
 
 Barbary is a hot, fruitful country, but miserably cul- 
 tivated, extending from Cape Nun almost to Egypt. 
 It includes a number of independent states. 
 
 The people are proud, indolent, cruel and vicious, 
 gaining most of their wealth by piracy. 
 
 The empire of Morocco, includes the former king- 
 doms of Tafilet and Fez. Barca and Augela are 
 subject to Tripoli. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Barbary bounded ? Name 
 the states of Barbary, and their capitals. Which is the most 
 eastern ? and which the most western ? What country in Eu- 
 rope is north of Morocco ? What one north of Tripoli ? What 
 chain of mountains in Barbary 
 
NOF.TIlliRX AFRICA. 
 
 Itii 
 
 //. What place in Morocco on the Straits of Gibraltar? 
 What seaports on the Atlantic ? Which is the largest? \Vha- 
 two cities in the interior: Where is the Spanish fortress ot' 
 Ceuta? (See map of Europe.) What European settlement of 
 the Spanish in Algiers ? What other' city besides the capital ? 
 In what direction from Algiers is Tunis? In what direction is 
 Tripoli? Where is Derna? Where is the great Desert? 
 What mines are found in it ? What name is given to the coast 
 west of the Desert ? 
 
 FEZZAN. 
 
 383. Fezzan is a large fertile spot or island, in the 
 midst of sanely deserts, intensely hot in the summer, 
 and often severely cold in winter. 
 
 The people are ignorant, rude, and vicious. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What country is east of the De- 
 'sert ? What is its chief town? What country lies between 
 Fezzan and Egypt? What places between Barca and Egypt? 
 EGYPT. 
 
 Pompey's Pillar. The Great Pyramid. 
 
 384. Egypt is celebrated for the wonderful pyramids 
 near Cairo, the lofty pillar of Pompey, at Alexandria, 
 and other works of the ancient inhabitants. 
 
 It is a hot, but very fruitful country, which is watered 
 by the overflowing of the Nile, instead of rain. 
 
 There are some professed Christians in Egypt, but the 
 
162 DESCRIPTION OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 people are generally in the lowest state of ignorance 
 -and oppression. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is E^yrt bounded? What 
 is the cap:lal. and on what river? What is the principal 
 seaport? What two other seaports, and where ? 
 
 //. What considerable place above Cairo on the Nile? 
 What three places above Sio'it? Wu at seaport west of the 
 river? What place is at the head of the Red Sea : What 
 countr'. - aorth of Egypt? 
 
 MIDDLE REGIONS OF AFRICA. 
 
 Senegambia Guinea Loner Guinea Zatiguebar 
 
 .VuA?';. 1 Abyssinia Sou tin. 
 
 385. Most of the countries of Africa he between 
 the two Tropics, and the olim.ite, productions and 
 character of the people, in these countries, are such 
 as is usual in the Torrid Zone. (See 87 to 92.) 
 
 The climate of some countries is varied, hy their 
 situation as to mountains and the sea. (See 113-114.) 
 
 386. Gold dust, ivory, gum- and slaves are the prin- 
 cipal articles of commerce in these regions, and are 
 transported by caravans of merchants, which are con- 
 tinually passing from the interior to the sea-ports, and 
 places of trade on the coast. 
 
 387. Rice and cotton are produced in preat abun- 
 dance, and furnish most of the food and clothing of 
 the people. 
 
 388. Some nations of Africa are distinguished for 
 native imldn^ss ;.nd liospii.-ility, but many are treach- 
 erous and cruel; and indolence is a universal charac- 
 teristic. 
 
 It is said that in some parts, thousands of square 
 miles of fertile and well peopled countries have been 
 desolated by wars, made to supply Europeans and 
 Americans with si.. 
 
 389. The middle regions of Africa, may be divided 
 into Eastern and Western Africa, on the coasts, and 
 Central Africa, in the interior. 
 
WESTERN AFRICA. ~"~ 
 
 ' . 
 
 Questions. /. Where do most of the countries of Africa lie : 
 What can you say generally of their climate, productions and 
 people ? Describe them more particularly. (6'ee 87-92.) 
 What chain of mountains probably passes through the middle 
 regions of Africa, from east to west ? (See map.') What great 
 divisions of middle Africa lie north of these mountains, and 
 what south ? How is the state of particular countries varied ? 
 What are the chief articles of commerce? What the most im- 
 portant productions ? What can you say of the nations of 
 this region? What eifect has the slave trade? How may 
 these regions of Africa be divided ? What countries belong to 
 Eastern Africa? What to Western Africa? What to Central 
 
 WESTERN AFRICA. 
 
 Jin Elephant pursuing a hunter. 
 
 390. Elephants abound on the western coast of Afri- 
 ca, of such size that they will sometimes tear down 
 trees to destroy those who hunt them. Their immense 
 tusks furnish large quantities of ivory for commerce. 
 
 UPPER GUINEA. 
 
 391. Upper Guinea is a hot, but fertile country. 
 It is divided into a number of barbarous kingdoms, of 
 which Ashantee is the most powerful. 
 
 Many of these nations are distinguished for bold- 
 ness and ferocity, and some for their skill in arts. 
 Coomassie. the capital of Ashantee. and some othej: 
 15 
 
- .RIPTION OF COU.N . 
 
 places are said to be large cities, but their situation is 
 not accurately known. 
 
 Qu*lto*tt on the map. /. What are the principal kingdoms 
 i;i Upper Guinea, and what are their capitals ? What is that 
 of Asbantee ? What two European settlements on the coast, 
 and where ? What names are given to different parts of this 
 coast ? Where is the English colony of Sierra Leone : What 
 missionary station near it : What island S. of it ? Where is 
 Teemboo ? 
 
 SENEGAMBI.A, 
 
 Or Country of the Foulahs and Jalfffs. 
 
 392. This country is inhabited by tribes of negroes 
 called Foulabs and Jaloffs, and'is sometimes considered 
 as a part of Guinea, or of Soudan. 
 
 It is fertile, but immensely hot. Many European* 
 trade here, to obtain gold, ivory, gums, and sl;r. 
 
 The coast between Senegambia and Morocco is the 
 resort of tribes, who live a wandering life, plundering 
 aud treating cruelly all who land, or are shipwrecked 
 on it. 
 
 Qufiltonf on the map. /. What rivers pass through Sene- 
 gambia ? What seaport and place of trade at the north ? What 
 towns '. What European settlement ? What name is given to 
 the coast between Senegambia and Morocco: 
 LOWER GUINEA. 
 
 393. Lower Guinea is a hot and fertile country, but 
 yery unhealthy for Europeans. It is divided into sev- 
 eral kingdoms, of which Congo is the principal. 
 
 The Portuguese have settlements on this coast, and 
 have been most active in carrying on the slave trade, 
 of which it is now the principal seat. 
 
 The king of Congo and many of his people profess 
 to be Catholics, but Paganism is the common religion. 
 
 Qucjtiojis tn tlu map. /. What is the principal kingdom ol 
 Lower Guinea ? What is the capital ? What kingdom north ol 
 it ? What is its capital ? What name is given to this coast ? 
 Where is Angola.' What place in it.' Where is Bengupla, 
 and what is its capital .' Where is Angoy ? What mountains in 
 Lower Guinea r Where is the River Zaire, and what is its 
 size '. 'VN hat islands are there on the coast ? Where is the Bem- 
 barouque ? What country between this and South Africa ' 
 
 
KASTETRX AFRICA. li!o 
 
 EASTERN AFRICA. 
 
 COAST OF ZANGUEBAR. 
 
 Conveyances of the rich on the Eastern Coast. 
 
 394. The rich negroes in Zanguebar are carried 
 about by slaves, in a kind of hammock, or in chairs. 
 
 The coast of Zanguebar includes a number of king- 
 doms, between the Equator and the Tropic of Capri- 
 corn. The} r are little known to any but the Portu- 
 guese traders, who formerly governed several coun- 
 tries. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What mountains are west of 
 Zanguebar ? What lake ? What is the chief river known ? 
 What European fort is on it: Mention some of the principal 
 kingdoms and cities on this coast. What islands are there on 
 this coast ? 
 
 ADEL, AJAN, BERBERA, AND MAGADOXA. 
 
 395. These are countries on the eastern extremity 
 of Africa, very little known to civilized nations. 
 They abound in myrrh, incense and gums, of which 
 large quantities are exported. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Where do these countries lie, and 
 in what latitude? What are some of the principal places? 
 What river is on the north, and what straits near ? 
 NUBIA. 
 
 396. Nubia is a parched, barren country, except 
 on the banks of the Nile. 
 
iBtf UKSCRIPTIO.V OV UOUN'TRIK*. 
 
 It is divided into a number of small kingdoms. The. 
 people are barbarous, ferocious and ignorant, some 
 wandering, and others settled in towns. 
 
 Travellers in the deserts of Nubia and other parts 
 of Africa, are in danger of being overwhelmed by 
 clouds or pillars of sand, moving with the wind. 
 
 Moving clouds of sand. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Nubia bounded ? What is 
 the capital, and where? What is the chief place of Dongola? 
 What port on the Red Sea ? What celebrated resort of pihj 
 is opposite to it in Asia : (See CXXXVI. e.) 
 
 ABYSSINIA. 
 
 397. Abyssinia is a rough, mountainous country, 
 but generally fertile. 
 
 It is cooler than Nubia, but still hot and unhealthy, 
 in many parts. 
 
 The religion is a corrupt mixture of Judaism and 
 Christianity. 
 
 The people are ignorant and brutal, always engaged 
 in civil wars, and accustomed to eat raw flesh. 
 
 Questions on I fie map /. How is Abyssinia bounded ? What. 
 is the capital? What branches of the Nile rise in it ? What 
 river on the south ? What lake ? Where is Axum, the ancient, 
 rapital? What place near it? What is the principal so- 
 
CENTRAL AFRICA. 161 
 
 CENTRAL AFRICA. 
 SOUDAN, OR NIGRITIA. 
 
 398. The king of Darfur, in Soudan, obliges all 
 who come before him to fall on their face?, while a her- 
 ald stands by him, constantly proclaiming that he is 
 the greatest of monarchs. 
 
 The King of Darfur receiving homage. 
 
 Soudan, or Nigritia, is considered as extending from 
 Nubia and Abyssinia to Senegal, or the western coast, 
 between the Tropic of Cancer and the Mountains of 
 the Moon. 
 
 It is a hot, but productive region, except the Desert 
 of Sahara. 
 
 It contains many powerful kingdoms, but little 
 known. They are chiefly inhabited by Moors, in the 
 north, and Negroes, in the other parts. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. How is Nigritia bounded ? What 
 desert does it contain, and what mines in it? What rivers? 
 What mountains on the south ? What kingdoms in the west ? 
 What are their capitals ? 
 
 //. What powerful nation borders on the desert N. of Kassi- 
 an and Housa ? What kingdoms E. of Housa, and what pla- 
 ces? What N. of these? Where is the Niger supposed to flow? 
 ETHIOPIA. 
 
 399. This name has been given to the interior of 
 15* 
 
DESCRIPTION OF COl/.VlRIb.- 
 
 Africa, south of the Jibbel Kumra ; but its geograj 
 is unknown. 
 
 SOUTH AFRICA. 
 
 -. an-d their Ti 
 South Africa lies south of the Tropic ofCnpricorn, 
 embracing the colony of the Cape, and several indepen- 
 dent nations, of whom the Hottentots are best known. 
 The other tribes of South Africa, north of the colony, 
 are otten classed under the general name of Caffres. 
 
 The Hottentots build their villages in a circular 
 jorm ; and oxen are used generally among them instead 
 of horses. 
 
 401. The climate of South Africa is, warm, butsel- 
 tiom oppressive ; the nights are cool, and great and 
 sudden changes of temperature are. frequent. 
 
 102. Fine wines are produced here, and coffee, tea 
 
 ;:nd other plants of warm climates may be cultivated. 
 
 403. The Caffres and Hottentots appear to have had 
 
 iy ideas of religion, and are grossly ignorant, 
 
 but they are mild, hospitable and docile. Other tribes 
 
 '.tie above the brutes in character and manner. - 
 
 By the efforts of Christian missionaries, a m^bber 
 
 of settlements of these tribe? have been formed, anclthey 
 
 have begun to receive some knowledge and civilization. 
 
 f ia>>.f. / . ;Hh Africa 1-ouc >ffj>.) 
 
VVnat is the southern cape? What colony and principal tribe 
 does it embrace ? What customs of the Hottentots can you 
 mention ? What is the climate of S. Africa ? What reasons can 
 you find from the map, that S. Africa should have so temperate 
 a climate, near the Torrid Zone? (i'ee 113, 114.) What moun- 
 tains are the principal? What rivers empty into the Atlantic 
 Ocean, and of what size? What one into the Indian Ocean;' 
 What can you say of the Caftres and Hottentots? What is 
 the state of other tribes? What has been done to improve 
 them ? What missionary station is there on the Orange River': 
 What is the principal place N. of this rivr. 
 COI,ONY OV THE CAPE. 
 
 405. This colony was settled 200 years ago, by tin 
 Dutch, who are still the most numerous white inhabit- 
 ants ; but it now belongs to the British. 
 
 The white farmers, or boors, are generally indolent 
 and ignorant, and many of them are almost as filthy 
 and brutal as the natives. 
 
 Questions on (he map. /. How is the Colony of the Cape 
 bounded ? What is the capital, and what missionary station do 
 you find? What river, mountains and bays around it. 
 AFRICAN ISLANDS. 
 
 in the sea. 
 
 406. The Azores, or Western Islands of Africa, are 
 exposed to violent earthquakes. A few years since, a 
 volcano burst out in the sea, and formed a new island, 
 
 407. The African Islands, except the Cape Verd 
 Isles, enjoy a healthy and delightful climate, and pro- 
 duce the finest fruits of 'ann countries, 
 
BESC&IM1OH OF tGl.\'TRU>. 
 
 Many others, besides the Azores, contain vol- 
 canic mountains, most of which, like the Peak of 
 Teneriffe, have now ceased to burn. 
 
 Questions on the map. /. What are the most northerly of 
 the African Islands ? What is remarkable concerning them ? 
 What three other groups of islands on the Western coast of 
 Africa? W r hat are the chief islands on the Eastern coast? 
 What is the climate of these islands generally ? What moun- 
 tains have they ? 
 
 ISLANDS WEST OF AFRICA. 
 
 409. The islands on the western coast of Africa are 
 all claimed by the Portuguese, except the Canaries, 
 belonging to Spain, and St. Helena, the late prison of 
 the Emperor Napoleon, possessed by the British. 
 
 410. St. Matthews and Ascension are uninhabited, 
 but the rest are well peopled, chiefly with Spaniards and 
 Portuguese, who have intermarried with the natives. 
 
 411. These islands are celebrated for producing fine 
 wines, of which the best are found in Madeira aud 
 Teneriffe. 
 
 Questions on the map. 7. What are the principal islands 
 among the Azores ? What countries of Europe lie in the same 
 latitude ? What are the next islands, and what countries are 
 opposite them? What are the chief islands next S. of Ma- 
 deira? What are the principal of the Cape Verd Isles? 
 
 //. What small islands do you find on this part of the coast '. 
 What islands do you find between C. Palmas and the Cape of 
 Good Hope ? Who claim most of the islands W. of Africa ? 
 for what has St. Helena beeu lately remarkable? How are 
 'tliese islands inhabited ? For what are they celebrated ? 
 ISLANDS EAST OF AFRICA. 
 
 412. MADAGASCAR is the largest island in the world, 
 except New Holland, and Borneo. 
 
 The climate is healthy and agreeable, and the soil 
 fertile in the productions of the Torrid Zone. 
 
 The people are intelligent, mild and hospitable. 
 They are superior in knowledge, arts and civilizatio 
 to the Africans on the continent. 
 
 413. BOURBON and MAURITIUS are much resorted^ 
 by shipsjrona India. 
 
IKAVELS ON THE MAP. 17.J, 
 
 Questions on the map. /. Near what coast of Africa, is 
 Madagascar ? Where are Bourbon and Mauritius ? To whom 
 do they belong ? (See the Chart.} 
 
 CCCCXIV. TRAVELS ON THE MAP OF AFRICA. 
 
 You see from the accounts of Africa, that it will not be very 
 safe for you to travel in the interior. It will be best to confine 
 yourself chiefly to its coasts. 
 
 How will you go to find those countries of Africa which were 
 once celebrated for science and learning ? (<S'ee CCCLXXX.) 
 What islands shall you pass before you reach the Straits ot 
 Gibraltar ? What states do you pass after entering the Medi- 
 terranean, on your way to Egypt ? What danger will there be 
 in sailing near them ? (382.) How can you go to Alexandria by 
 land, if you stop at Barbary ? What danger shall you encoun- 
 ter in the interior? (382.) What river do you go up to reach 
 the capital ? Shall you often meet with rain ? (384.) Wha'. 
 objects of curiosity shall you find ? 
 
 You must endeavour to guard against a disease of the eyes 
 prevalent in Egypt. 
 
 What danger should you meet with in going by land to. 
 Abyssinia ? (396.) As the cataracts of the Nile will prevent 
 your going up this river to Abyssinia, what course will you 
 take to go by sea ? What can you say of the Abyssinians ? 
 
 How would you go to discover whether the Niger flows into, 
 the Nile ? What kingdoms would you pass through ? What 
 course will you take from Abyssinia to reach the Cape of Good, 
 Hope, by water ? What can you say of the coast you pass ? 
 (394.) How do you like their mode of travelling ? (412.) 
 What islands do you pass, and what do you know of them ? 
 
 When you draw near the cape you must be prepared for 
 storms, which are dreadful here. But if you are distressed, 
 3/ou will find the Caffres, near the Colony, very kind. 
 
 What bays and river! 1 must you pass in going round to Cape- 
 town? What do you think of the inhabitants? (400,403,405.) 
 How do you like the climate here ? Where shall you find the 
 mobL distant missionary station of S. Africa? Look on the map 
 and see what reason there is why you should not cross tbo 
 country to Lower Guinea ? 
 
 Lower Guinea will scarcely repay you for a visit, and it will 
 be very dangerous to health and life. 
 
 What islands can you stop at to refresh, on this coast? What 
 course do you take for Upper Guinea? What articles of com- 
 merce can you obtain here ? (3U7.) What countries are now 
 north of you ? TTo-w will you ^o toSierrn I.- 
 
If you visit the Cape Verd Islands, avoid that par; 
 ocean not far from them, called ' The Rains,' for you will find 
 almost perpetual calm?, with much rain and thunder. 
 
 How will you go to visit the principal African Islands which 
 you have not seen? In what latitude must you cross the ocean 
 1o find favourable and steady winds ? (bee CXVI. c.) What 
 courses will you take then to reach the United States? 
 CCCCXV. CITIES OF AFRICA. 
 
 A large part of Africa is in a state of barbarism, and there- 
 fore contains few large cities, or even considerable towns, iu 
 comparison with Europe and Asia. These aVe chiefly in 
 .Northern Africa, and moat of them are greatly inferior to the 
 chief cities of Europe and Asia in commerce, manufactures and 
 wealth, as well as in population. They are inferior to the 
 poorest in Europe in their appearance, on account of the nar- 
 rowness, irregularity and filthiness of their streets. Even in 
 C airo and Fez the streets are often so narrow, that two camels 
 cannot go abreast. 
 
 The houses, like those of the Asiatic cities on the Mediter- 
 ranean, are generally built with flat roofs. They have a court 
 in the centre, and are destitute of windows towards the street. 
 Like other Mahometan cities, they have numerous mosque 
 and these, with the palaces of the sovereigns or governors, ar 
 usually the only handsome buildings. The houses are generall 
 1-nftt of half burnt brick, or of a mixture of stones, earth and 
 mortar, whitened with lime. In Cairo, many are of stone, an 
 some of the mosques and ether public buildings in this city, 
 in the cities of Barbary are built of stone or marble. 
 
 The cities of Egypt are usually distinguished for the grand 
 uid interesting remains of ancient cities and buildings which 
 surround them. 
 
 Cairo exceeds any other city of Africa in magnitude and 
 lour. Its mosques and tombs are neat and often elegant, 
 but its general appearance is miserable. It is resorted to for 
 trade, by merchants from the whole of western Asia and th< 
 interior of Africa. 
 
 Alexandria is the chief place of trade between Europe an- 
 Egypt. It is a city of considerable extent, but chiefly covered 
 with the splendid remains of the ancient city. The most re- 
 markable of these is Pompey's pillar. 
 
 Rotseita is a modern town of some importance for trade, on 
 the western mouth of the Nile. Damictta, on the eastern mouth, 
 lias an extensive commerce with Syria and Cyprus. 
 
 'tie const of Barbarv are built, like uianv 
 
 
UTIF.S OF AT-'Rlr \. 17 1 [' j 
 
 others on the Mediterranean, on ground which rises from the 
 water. Most of them are fortified, and are places of some 
 trade. They haVe more resemblance to those of Europe than 
 any others in Africa. Tripoli has broad, straight streets, ami 
 is superior to most cities of Barbary in beauty. Tunis is sit- 
 uated on a salt lake connected with the sea, a few miles from 
 the ruins of the ano.ient Carthage. 
 
 Algiers is well known as a nest of pirates, and has been the 
 place of slavery of many Americans. 
 
 Morocco has lost much of its former importance. It is about 
 12 miles from the foot of Mt. Atlas, on a fertile plain, inter- 
 spersed with palm trees. 
 
 Fez is the chief resort of the Arabs of the desert for trade. 
 
 Mtquinez is the largest city of Morocco, and superior to 
 others in the politeness and hospitality of its inhabitants. Tan- 
 gier and JWugadore are places 'Of some trade. 
 
 In the MIDDLK RKGIONS OF AFRICA, the towns and cities 
 usually consist of low mud-walled huts, with conical roof?, 
 thatched with leaves or straw. They are spread over a great 
 pxtent of ground, and rather resemble a camp than a city, 
 i'he y are often surrounded with a low wall, which is also built 
 of eartli or mud. The palace of the king is usually only a 
 collection of huts surrounded by a wall. 
 
 6Vtf, the capital of the kingdom of Bambara, is a city of 
 considerable size. Its mosques are numerous. Sansanding is 
 the seat of an extensive and important commerce, in the same 
 kingdom. Te.emboo is a considerable town. 
 
 Tomlnutoo t Houssa and Kassina, appear to be the most im- 
 portant cities of the interior of Africa. They are said to be 
 
 rgf cities, and places of great trade. 
 
 Cobbe is the principal town of Darfur, and a place of exten- 
 sive commerce, chiefly inhabited by merchants. 
 
 Sennaar is populous, and an important place of trade. 
 
 Gondar, the capital of Abyssinia, is situated on a hill sur-i 
 rounded by a deep valley. Like other towns of Abyssinia, it 
 has several Christian churches. 
 
 J\Iclinda is a large handsome town. Its houses are built of 
 stone, and many of them are magnificent. St. Salvador, the 
 capital of Congo, has a number of Christian churches, and 
 contains 40,000 inhabitants, of whom 4000 are whites. 
 
 The towns of Upper Guinea are not well known. Coom- 
 matiie is said to be regularly built, with neat cane huts. 
 
 In SOUTH AFRICA, the kraals or villages of the natives 
 are usually composed of huts, formed of twigs, or branch- 
 es of trees, plastered with clay, and plat'Fd iu a circlr;,' 
 
17o GENERAL VII 
 
 VF.GFT\BI F.5. 
 
 430. It is estimated by Humitoldt, a celebrated travel- 
 ler, that the number of plants actually known, amounts 
 to i which nearly one half are found in the 
 
 Torrid Zone, and K.'-H- are American plants 
 
 43!. The most important vegetables of the earth, are 
 those used for the food of men and animals, including 
 the vr.rkvis k ,' and root*. 
 
 4:*- / .-//> and roifi.n are very important for 
 
 clothing. Other plant:- are valuable, as cordials, medi- 
 cines and dyes ; and a lew are entirely u-f less. 
 
 M-iM vegetables flourish in the same regions iii 
 
 :y part oi the world. A few of the more delicate 
 
 are almost confined to their native soil ; as the tea tdj 
 
 China, ciniiiiriion to Ceylon, and the nutmeg, mace and 
 
 clo> ^','ice Is-iands. 
 
 1 i The i>i'(!.-*rs are universally diffused over thes 
 earth, as far as the limits oi the 1- . ns ; hut theto 
 
 pastures are richest, and the verdure is most constaol' 
 eautiful in ihe cold and temperate re<; r 
 
 The hot countries betwe.'n ti c tf ntj>erate re-- 
 gions and t B, are not rc-treshed by the grea 
 
 rains of the T ne. and the pastures are ofte 
 
 scorched and hro\\ n lor wai:t of moi?ture. Even in tl 
 southern parts of France and Russia, it is often nee 
 saryto water the fields by artificial means. 
 
 6. In the Torrid Zone, rice, maize and millet si 
 the chief grains used for food, and are very abundant 
 But the bread fruit of Polynesia, the cassava and arrov 
 root of South America, the sago tree of India, and th< 
 plantain, are usrd as substitutes for grain in the com 
 tries wlu e found. 
 
 4-">T. In the warm and temperate regions, \v\\e; 
 maize and barley are tlie most common grains. In tl 
 teat will scarcely ripen, and rye and oat 
 are cultivated m its stead. 
 
VEGETABLES. 177 
 
 438. In the frozen regions the grasses and grains 
 cease almost entirely, and their place is supplied by va- 
 rious species of lichen and moss, which form a nourish- 
 ing food, for men and animals. 
 
 439. The most delicious fruits, such as the pine-ap- 
 ple, banana, date, orange, lemon, citron, and cocoa-nut, 
 are only found in the equatorial and tropical regions. 
 
 440. The fig, olive, and almond, are every where 
 produced in the warm regions ; aud the orange and 
 lemon extend into the southern parts. 
 
 441. The wine grape is found almost exclusively in 
 the warm and temperate regions. 
 
 442. The peach, the apple, the pear, and many kinds 
 of nuts, are most perfect in the temperate regions. But 
 we find the plurn, the cherry, the currant, the goose- 
 berry, and various kinds of berries, in all parts of the 
 temperate and cold regions ; and even the frozen re>- 
 gions are provided with several species of berries. 
 
 443. All the regions of the earth except the frozen 
 and icy region's, are provided with an abundance of the 
 iommon vegetables and roots, so much used for food. 
 
 444. The potatoe, cabbage, turnip, beet, &-c. are 
 sommon throughout the temperate and cold regions. 
 The yam, the cassava, and the arrow root, which re- 
 semble the potatoe, are confined to the torrid zone. 
 
 445. The forests of the frozen regions are chiefly 
 :omposed of the fir, the pine, and other evergreens, 
 ningled with the birch, the willow, and the beach. 
 
 446. On the borders of the cold region, we first meet 
 ivith the oak, the elm, the chesnut, and other trees of 
 jur own country, and these form a principal part of the 
 brests of the temperate and warm regions. 
 
 447. In the Torrid Zone, the forests are as valuable 
 is the cultivated fields of other regions, from the variety 
 >f nourishing fruits they produce ; and the trees assume 
 
 size and beauty unknown in other regions. 
 16* 
 
178 
 
 ,:AL \ir.\\> 
 
 44?. The most remarkable trees of this zone, are 
 the j. shing 
 
 x tree, trie mahogany, an-i the iron- 
 ,1 t : ;e ni.>>t durable ti.iuer : and the log-wood 
 .iOr trees, which furnish some ot the most valua- 
 ble <i 
 
 he vegMaMe >( ihe e*rth distributed * 
 ii.unoer k :!n- most i 
 
 s"l '* -re urr. z. : Are 
 
 tr.c Wrt in i^;i-ju- n!-.v-> ? verdani . W hrtt are tbf jr : 
 
 grains ( inct., n i,i z - :1)> teni[>er 
 
 c.ildreaiixi? H . 
 \Vbat are the trails of the t 
 
 the rtario ' Where is ; ui > 
 
 the tenijhTrttft region?? Wuere HP ,n] bcr 
 
 e are the c> 
 
 Mention those of <b-ditfer^ 
 the frozen cr g ; ons. Oi tlie coin 
 Ton ; 
 
 the Torrid Zone , J uiei 
 
 tija (feeragioiu and counir:. - 
 
 449; The animals of the earth are various in differ 
 ent zones, as has already been stated. - 1 
 106.) They may be divided into tame or domestic 
 and wild animals. 
 
 450. Domestic animals are chiefly used for food, or 
 beasts of burden and draft. Some wild animals ar 
 important to man for food ; and man} . on account 
 their fur. skin. do\vn. or oil. ' r-ms 
 
 man. as beasts of prey, serpents, &c. ; and otii 
 very troublesome, as many small animals and insects. 
 
 4-31. Tn^ nni?t useful domestic animals, the hor 
 the o\, the sheep, the hog, tho r.ii, and the dog, are 
 companions of man in ail latilii'.' .e coi 
 
 try will \ ield them food. 
 
 The goat, t!ie deer, the rabbit, the fox, the 
 and the mouse, are also round i:i ahiiust i > 
 
ANIMALS. 179 
 
 of the globe where man can exist. But all these ani- 
 mals are most perfect in the Temperate Zone, and are 
 much altered by the extremes of heat or cold. 
 
 15:>. In temperate and cold countries the horse and 
 the ox are the most valuable beasts of burden. In hot 
 and mountainous countries the ass and the mule are 
 more useful. But in the frozen regions all these be- 
 come diminutive, their food fails, and the reindeer and 
 the dog are used in their stead. 
 
 454 j he llama and vicuna of South America are pc- 
 culiaily fittc-d for carrying heavy burdens, over the 
 rugged mountain roads of thai country. The catnil is 
 the only animal which c;ui carry bim'.ens over the de- 
 sert regions of Asia and Africa, arid has been properly 
 called " the ship of the desert." The elephant is also 
 valued as a beast of burden, for his docility and strength. 
 
 455. The various uses of the sheen, the deer, the ox, 
 ami many other animals among us, are \vell known. 
 The flesh and milk even of the camel, the ass, and the 
 horse, are used as food in Asia and Africa ; and barba- 
 rous and half-civil^ ?<l nations feed on the flesh of the 
 elephant, rhinoceros, and indeed all species of animals. 
 
 456. The skins of all the animals which have been 
 mentioned are useful, and the tusks of the elephant, 
 hippopotamus, and walrus, furnish us with r>ory. 
 
 457. The animals of the frozen regions are covered 
 with a thick, soft fur. The finest furs are those of the 
 sable, ermine, martin, beaver, otter and seal, which arc 
 procured only in these regions. 
 
 !.>*>. In the icy or polar regions, the fierce white bear 
 and the fox are the only land animals known ; but the 
 whale, the seal, and the walrus or sea horse, are found 
 in the ocean ; and the nothern seas swarm with the 
 herring, the cod and other fish, which aftbrd support 
 to the frozen countries around them. Codfish are 
 chiefly obtained on the coast of Newfoundland, and 
 herring on the coast of Northern Europe, 
 
ISO GENERAL VIEWS- 
 
 459. In some Islands of these seas the wild fowl anc 
 their eggs are ttie ctiiei support ot tne mnaoitauts ; anc 
 the downy feathers of some are very valuable 
 
 460. The walrus, the seal, and the whale, also pro 
 duce a large quantity of oil, which serves the inhabi 
 tants of the frozen regions for fuel, light and food. 
 
 461. It is only in the torrid and hot regions that w< 
 find the most ferocious of the beasts of prey, the lion 
 the tiger, the hyena, and juguar or American tiger 
 The wild boar, the wolf, arid the bear are the onl 
 beasts of prey which are formidable, beyond the ho 
 region, except the cougar and catamount of America 
 which resemble the panther in form and fierceness. 
 
 462. These regions are also distinguished for the 
 huge size of some of their animals, and the beauty o 
 others. The elephant, the hippopotamus and the 
 cameleopard are from ten to fifteen feet in height. The 
 great boa or anaconda is sometimes thirty feet in length 
 The ostrich,' the cassowary and the condor, resemble 
 quadrupeds, rather than birds, in their size and strength 
 
 40:}. The antelope, the leopard, the zebra, and othe 
 animals of this zone are remarkably beautiful. T 
 numerous birds are adorned with the richest plumag 
 and the feathers of the ostrich and the bird ot paradi 
 are the ornaments of kings. 
 
 464. In the Torrid Zone, serpents are most nume 
 ous and poisonous. The air is clouded with insect. 
 al-o, whose sting is extremely painful, and some lik 
 the locusts, move in such immense bodies, that they d 
 Btroy the vegetation of whole countries. 
 
 Questions ti^vv are HMMIHI? distributed on the eartb 
 Wh.it "re the. ino.M useful dome-lie animals ? Where a 
 thi-xi and some other animals found ? Where are they foun 
 in the greatest perfection? In what regions and countri 
 are the horse and the ox used as beasts of burd TI. (S 
 the view on the ,-iilas ) Describe the same particulars 
 with regard lo the ass aud mule, the lama, the camel and 
 
MINERALS. 131 
 
 he elephant. What nnimnls are used for food ? What other 
 articles of value are obtained fp.m these animals? In what re- 
 gions, &.c. do you find furred animals chiefly, *i:d \\hat are the 
 principal? What other useful animal" Hre mentioned, what 'ire 
 their u;-es, anil where a>e th. y found ? Where aie the I'mri, th* 
 tiger, and the most terrible beastsof prey, fo-ird ? \\ I) t 
 remarkable among the animals of the torrid and hot regions ? 
 What ;.re some of the most I'enutil'il ? What can you say of 
 the serpents and insects? Examine the view of animals in the 
 Ail*-, and mention the regions and countries in which each is 
 Usually found. 
 
 MINERALS. 
 
 405. Minerals are not distributed on the earth ac- 
 cording to climates, like animals and vegetables. But 
 by the care and kindness of Providence, those which 
 are most necessary to man, are found in almost all coun- 
 tries ; and others are more or less abundant, according 
 to their importance. 
 
 466. It is remarkable also, that the most barren por- 
 tions of the earth abound most in mineral treasures. 
 
 467. The most valuable minerals are the metals, and 
 the ores from which they are extracted. 
 
 4G8. The most common and useful of the metals are 
 iron, copper, lead and tin : the mote scarce and precious 
 metals, gold and silver, arc chiefly used for money. 
 
 4(59. The diamond, topaz, agate and other precious 
 stones, which are rare, are valued principally for their 
 jeauty. The more common minerals, as coal, salt, 
 fcc. are important to our comfort and life. 
 470. In our own country, and in most others, mineral 
 s, are often found, some warm and some contain- 
 i, salt, or other minerals, which are* very useful 
 n the cure of diseases. 
 
 The following tables show the situation of the most' 
 mportant minerals and mineral springs. 
 
 'out. How are minerals distributed on thn earth ? 
 
 hat is renihi-kaiile concerning Ihei.:? What are the most 
 
 eful minerals ? Which are the most imporfa What 
 
 Jan you say of other mi.ierals ? What mineral springs are found ? 
 
182 
 
 GENERAL VIEWS. 
 
 
 * i 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 - " 
 
 e ^ 
 
 c|c''3 
 
 ~ j^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 " rH * 
 
 c 
 
 3 u 
 
 E s "-' 
 
 5: ^ 
 
 _; 
 
 5 
 
 
 . 
 
 e - 
 
 < 
 
 ^p3 L^ 2 "S 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 
 so 
 
 
 
 
 c -= | a 
 
 Jj 
 
 i .S = F ^ 
 
 CT 
 
 ! 
 
 H j^ 
 
 Z 
 
 3 ^_ ~^ > 
 
 z 
 
 * CJ5 C 
 
 'r > 
 
 <; "? 
 
 i 
 
 e 
 
 - 
 
 '*- _5 x .2 
 
 B 
 
 "^ u !> P" 
 
 S 'C 
 
 is ^ 
 
 
 ss 
 
 ^ 
 
 * " Q 
 
 if 
 
 C - | u 
 
 1 a 
 
 'C C 
 
 > 
 
 Z 5 
 
 . -5 = 
 
 2 i a 
 
 c 
 
 r- &> in I-; 
 
 -s E 
 
 V U 
 
 i 
 
 *J c. 
 C E 
 s ~ 
 c ^ 
 
 llf 
 
 ^ < 
 * ^ 
 
 2 g - ! | i fl-| 
 
 cu ; 5 i 5 - 
 
 e caves 
 
 |!1| 
 
 2^ *- c 
 
 ^ o _^ 
 
 _; 3 
 
 = O i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s s 
 
 I'-S 
 
 ;: -y 
 
 ' , w 
 
 5 en 
 
 O 
 
 S s 
 
 
 
 *' 
 
 
 \ 
 
 ^11 
 
 * 
 
 z 
 
 --v 
 
 u <U 
 
 1 
 
 PS 
 
 W V 
 
 5 = 
 
 fc-5 
 
 "JC 
 
 c" W 
 
 5. 
 
 gj 
 
 '~ 
 
 
 s ~ 
 
 I "" o 
 
 C) a|e 
 
 
 
 
 . I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J^ 
 
 
 
 - ^- - 
 
 
 
 J4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 H 3 
 
 ^ - 
 
 c ' 
 Z S 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 - 5 S. : 
 "* ^ ,? 
 
 I ^ 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 ;3 
 
 
 
 -3 
 
 s 
 o 
 
 < . c 
 
 
 i .'" E 
 
 S 
 
 
 K 
 
 -i 
 
 =' 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 it 
 
 s 
 
 c'-* r ' 
 
 E _ 
 
 '- .- * 
 
 5 
 
 C ^J t_ 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 r 
 
 -j 
 
 S 
 
 id 
 
 I 
 
 E: ='l 
 
 | !=> 
 
 
 Ji = = 
 
 "a 
 
 e 
 
 i 
 
 ^ 
 
 a 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 
 ^ = 
 
 
 3 J 
 
 -. >. 
 f 3 5 
 
 <> 'i 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 3 
 
 s 
 
 Q 
 
 3 
 O 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 H S 
 
 >.s 
 
 Jl 
 
 E = S 
 
 if >. 
 
 
 e 
 
 ~ 
 
 "^ 
 
 _. 
 
 ^ 
 
 ~ 
 
 el 
 
 o 5 
 
 S,j 
 
 11 
 
 -F---^ 
 
 = ? = j 
 
 33 ^ ^ S 
 
 c 
 S 
 
 1 
 
 X 
 
 _0 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 * 
 1 
 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 0) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 "* -j 
 
 "E. 
 
 V 
 
 B 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 * 
 
 o 
 
 
 s 
 
 H 1 " 1 " 1 1 
 
 ' 
 
 CO 
 
 * F .^ 
 
 >. u 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 - S 
 
 3 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 J3 
 
 
 n 'ii ^ 
 
 a g-i* 
 
 B 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 _>^r9 
 
 ,/ 
 
 
 CO 
 
 O'~ , 
 
 
 
 J_ 
 
 S 1 
 
 = ' 
 * ,= .^ 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 a tf) 
 -o 
 
 c 
 
 
 i 
 
 si 
 
 
 
 -~ ^ 
 
 - r 
 
 s 
 "MJ 
 
 >,! 1 
 
 C . -i 
 
 ^5 x a 
 
 i 
 
 c 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 ZI 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 - c 
 .= 
 
 1 5" 
 
 X 
 
 | 
 
 
 i 
 
 II 1 
 
 fl 
 
 J; CC '* X 
 
 c 
 
 'p 
 
 - 
 "3 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 '" sn 
 
 3 
 
 " 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 ll 
 
 -3 1 
 
 "2 =. - ^ 
 
 ~ r e : ^ 
 
 'i < = 
 
 en 
 
 J 
 
 1 
 
 r 
 
 I 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 A 
 
 u 
 
 a 
 s 
 
 
 J; J; 
 
 ~ 
 
 K S ?; 
 
 ca en ( 
 
 ti 
 
 ^ ^l" S 5 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 3 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '= 
 
 
 
 
 D 0- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J3 t. ^ 
 
 
 
 
 . oc < 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 c ."*" ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 - ! "^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 g' o 
 
 """* H 
 
 
 M 
 
 z 1 .: 
 
 
 63 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 " - 
 
 S ? | 
 
 Q 
 ^ 
 H 
 
 x i | 
 
 ON* 
 5S ; 5 
 
 3 
 
 a. 
 ^ 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 - ^ 
 
 3) 
 
 X 
 
 - u 
 
 r- i/j * 
 
 < i . a 
 
 j as > J2 
 
 l^ u 
 
 
 H ^ B 
 
 (5 H iX fc5 
 
 TJ a. ^; 
 
 s 
 
 en ;*. .O s- 
 
MINERAL SPRINGS. 
 
1&4 GEXERAfc VIEW-. 
 
 ARTS AND MANUFACTURES. 
 471 . Among savage nations there are no distinct trades 
 but each man builds his own hut, and makes for him- 
 self the few instruments, clothes, &,c. which he uses. 
 
 472. Among civilized nations, each person usual!} 
 attends only to one art or trade, except in Norway anc 
 Ku-.sia, where every family generally makes its owi 
 furniture, tools and clothes. 
 
 473. By the division of trades every thing can b< 
 made more easily and perfectly than among savages^ 
 Thus a man who makes clothes only, makes them bet 
 ter and more easily than if he attempted to make boat . 
 and tool* also. 
 
 474. It is very difficult to till the ground, prepar* 
 our food, or make houses, clothing, and other things wr 
 need, without tools and instruments made of metaJ 1 
 such as ploughs, kiiives, &-c. 
 
 475. The art of working metals is therefore the mos< 
 important of fill the mechanic arts, and is said to forn ; 
 half the employ merit of civilized men. 
 
 476. It is unknown to savages, and not well unde 
 stood among barbarous nation*, and they are thereto 
 imperfect in all the arts of civilized life. 
 
 177. Anvmg the half civilized nations, particular 
 the I urks andkChinese, some branches of this art a 
 well understood. It has been brought to the greate 
 perfection in Germany, England, France, and oth 
 countries of Europe. 
 
 47^. Barbarous nations are not well acquainted wit 
 the art of tilling the ground. It is said that in Chin 
 and Japan, it is better understood than among us. 
 
 4? ). The various arts practised among 1 us and othe 
 civilized nations, for cooking and preservintrgrain. mea 
 and other articles used for food, are scarcely know 
 among savage nations. But it is remarkable that almos 
 al! nit'i MIS, civilized and barbarous, have learned to makl 
 intoxicating liquors, usually from the juice of vegetable* 
 
ARTS AND MANUFACTURES. 185 
 
 480. Most savage and barbarous nations form their 
 clothing from the skins of animals. Some ol'these na- 
 tions understand the art of making them soft and plia- 
 ble like leather. 
 
 481. Some barbarous nations make a kind of felt for 
 their covering ; others, as in Polynesia, clothe them- 
 selves in mats, or in a kind of cloth resembling paper, 
 made of the bark of trees. Some on the Eastern Con- 
 tinent are acquainted with the art of weaving cloth. 
 
 482. Among civilized and half-civilized nations, 
 hemp, flax, cotton, wool and silk, are woven into vari- 
 ous kinds of cloth, which are used for clothing and other 
 important purposes. 
 
 483. We obtain the finest carpets and shawls from 
 Turkey and Persia, and the manufacture of cloths from 
 cotton and silk is best understood among the half-civil- 
 ized nations of Asia. 
 
 4~4. The manufacture of cloths is also carried to a 
 high degree of perfection in Great Britain, France, Ita- 
 ly and Germany. 
 
 485. These nations, with Holland, Switzerland and 
 italy, have supplied the greater part of the civilized 
 world with cloths. Great Britain is most distinguished 
 or the quantity and excellence of its cloth manufactures, 
 
 486. ! he people of the United Statqg have beenrap- 
 dly improving in the manufacture of cloths within a 
 'ew years, especially in the northern states. Many 
 cinds are now made as well as in Europe. 
 
 487. Most barbarous nations practice iheartofpotte- 
 ii 11. 'me rude way. The Chinese porcelain, or china 
 
 re, was formerly superior to any found in Europe. 
 :t is now equalled only in France, Germany and Eng- 
 and. which furnish most'of the fine crockery we use. 
 
 H--. The instruments used by us in the art of building 
 ire unknown among savages ; and they generally live 
 n rude huts, little better than those made by the beaver, 
 ind other animals. 17 
 
186 CEXERAL VIEWS. 
 
 The buildings of barbarous nations are not rnucl 
 better than those of savages ; and it is only among civ 
 ilized nations that this art is perfectly understood. 
 
 490. The arts of navigation and printing are unknowi 
 to savage and barbarous nations, and only imperfect 
 known to the Chinese and other half-civilized nation* 
 
 491. The Chinese. Japanese and Birmans cut 01 
 blocks of wood for printing each page in a book, whicl 
 cannot be used for any other. Civilized nations print 
 from moveable types, which may be used for many 
 ttooks in succession, and require much less labour. 
 
 . Painting and sculpture, of a rude kind, are 
 among the first art* learned by savages. They were 
 used to convey information and preserve the history of 
 events among the American Indians, especially the 
 Mexicans. 
 
 . They are carried to perfection only in Italy, 
 and the most refined nations of Europe. 
 
 Quatiant. Are there any distinct trades among ;av?.ge na- 
 tions ? What change is made when men become civilized? 
 What is the effect of this change ? What is the most important 
 art, and why ': Is this art known to savage and barbarous na- 
 tions ? Is it known to half-civilized nations What can you say 
 of agriculture, or the art of tilling (he ground \\ hat : 
 
 '.and the art of cooking and preserving food lie-t ? What 
 nations make intoxicating liquors r What is the clothing ofl 
 savage and batbauus nations, generally ? What exceptions arm 
 there to this Wbalis the clothing ot civilized nations ? 
 
 Where is the manufacture of the various kinds of cloth un- 
 derstood ? Which are the principal manufacturing nations *J 
 What has bcm d >ne in the United Stales, as to .-aamifactures ?1 
 What nations understand pottery : \N Ln' ran you say of ihw 
 buildings of ^avas^s '. What of those in barbarou* nations ?* 
 What important arts are mentioned next, and to whom are theyj 
 known ' How do the Chinese print ? What nations understand 
 painting and sculpture .' What nations excel in them ? 
 
 LNALa 
 
 494. Canals are artificial passages for water, usually 
 made to unite two rivers or portions of the sea, for in-' 
 laud navigation. 
 
187 
 
 495. They often pass under mountains, and often 
 flow in acqueducts over rivers, being supplied with wa- 
 
 er from some higher s'ream or lake. 
 
 496. On the Nile, the Euphrates and the Rhine, for 
 some distance above their mouths, canals are formed to 
 drain the land, which anewer the purposes of navigation. 
 
 497. In the Netherlands, they serve as roads, on 
 which the people travel in boats through all parts of 
 the country. 
 
 498. China is most distinguished for the length and 
 size of its canals, some of which are large enough to 
 receive ships. The Imperial Canal of China is 500 
 miles long, and at its termination in the Hoang-IIo, one 
 fifth of a mile wide. 
 
 499. The principal canals in Russia are from the 
 Volga to the Neva and the Don. Connected with the 
 great rivers of Siberia, they form an inland navigation, 
 ilmost complete, from the Amour of Tartary and the 
 Pacific Ocean, to the Baltic and Mediterranean Seas. 
 
 500. In Prussia there are canals which connect the 
 Vistula with the Oder and the Elbe. 
 
 501. From the Baltic Sea, a canal is cut across the 
 southern part of Denmark to the North Sea. The 
 Rhone is also connected by several canals in France, 
 with the Seine and the Loire. In this way, there is an 
 inland navigation from the Baltic to the Mediterranean. 
 
 >02. The largest canal in France, and indeed in Eu- 
 rope, is the Canal Royal of Languedoc, 180 miles in 
 len<jth, from the Mediterranean to the river Garonne. 
 
 V"5. There are numerous canals in England and 
 Scotland Twenty-two of these connect the North Sea 
 with the Irish Sea. 
 
 504. The Grand Trunk, uniting Liverpool by the 
 rivers Mersey and Trent, to Hull, is 99 miles long. 
 It has a branch of 90 miles to the Thames, and anoth- 
 er of 40, to the River Severn. 
 
 505. In the United States, a number of canals, some 
 
133 GENERAL VIEWS. 
 
 of them 6 or 7 miles long, have been cut around the 
 fall: of our principal rivers. IVorth Carolina contains 
 two of this kind ; Virginia twelve ; New- York two ; and 
 Massachusetts and N. Hampshire, several more. 
 
 o(K>. The greatest work of this kind, yet undertaken 
 
 in our country, is the Grand Canal of SY\\ York, de- 
 
 ied to extend :}> miles, most of which is finished. 
 
 U 1'iiitrfl Stuffs ) 
 
 '>'>' . The longest canals now completed, are 1st, from 
 the Merrimack river, 30 miles, to Boston ; 2d, from Lake 
 Champlain, 6U miles, to the Hudson River; 3d, one< 
 1<> miles, connecting the waters of Chesapeake Bay \\ it 
 those of Albeniarle Sound ; and 4th, one of ~2 miles, ii 
 South Carolina, between Cooper River at Charlcjtor 
 and the Santee. 
 
 'ions. Wnnt are canals ? How are they often construe 
 ed ? What is the chief object of canal*, at the mouths of som 
 great risers ? What counliy is most dittiamUwd for i'.s cat.als 
 What is the length and size of the Imperial Canal of China : 
 What places are connected by means of it : (See the map.) 
 Wuat are the chief canals of Russia, and what sreat inland n v- 
 
 i i? nearly completed by them r Describe the < 
 inland waters, with two portages by land, from the Amour tc 
 the Baltic and the Mediterranean ? 
 
 Wlint ranals in Prussia, and what sras are connected h} 
 them ? What i? the nearest water comminiiralicii from th< 
 
 n part of the Bilfic to the Rlinne and other rivers 
 France? Which is (lie longest canal in France ? \V.:;*l car y< 
 
 ..lltnid : \\ i>-rf is "ihc 
 Grand Trunk, what branch*" has it ? Wi;;it p *t| ;ire ilins 
 connected ? W>i*{ are the most common canals in i! 
 ted Stale*' \\hirh will ho iln- !;en finished, anc 
 
 bow mui:li is now complete ; \V"hat are the longest cana!< com- 
 pleted ? 
 
 MMERCE. 
 
 In almost every country th<- pei|.le are in want Ol 
 :'nmd in othe coni,!ric-, while tht-y hive more of other 
 things than they ne^d : ar^- (his gives ;ise to roM' 
 
 5O9. Thus in Ihn 1'nileu S have more wheat anc 
 
 cotton than we need, and therefore \ve s'ud it to otii- . 
 tries, in exchange for coffee, sugar and cloths, of which we ar 
 in want. 
 
COMMERCE. 
 
 189 
 
 510. The commerce of savage nations is generally the ex- 
 change of one kind of goods for another. As this is not alwavs 
 convenient, civilized nations use money to exchange for every 
 thing. 
 
 511. Thus, if our cotton is worth more than the cloth, tc. 
 ive obtain from Europeans, they give us money to pay ;he dif- 
 ference ; and as the Chinese do not want our productions, wo 
 send the money to buy tea from them. 
 
 512. Gold, silver, and copper coins are the money of civilized 
 and half-civilized nations ; but among savage and barbarous 
 nations, beads, shells, or even grains of salt are used as money. 
 
 513. The arts of .ship-building and navigation are well un- 
 derstood among civilized nations only, who are thus enabled to 
 carry on commerce by sea, with all pnris of the world. 
 
 514. The inhabitant* of -Turkey and Barbary, many of whom 
 are Greeks, are the only half-civilized nations who understand 
 these arts in any considerable degree ; and their commerce is 
 chiefly on the [Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 515. The Chinese, and other half-civilized nations, are so 
 imperfectly acquainted with navigation and ship-building, that 
 their commerce is chiefly in their own country, by means of 
 rivers and canals. 
 
 510. In the dry and desert countries of As>a and Africa, com- 
 merce is chiefly carried on over land. The merchants travel 
 with camels, in large bodies, called caravans, which go and re- 
 turn at certain periods. A similar trade is carried on over the 
 Andes of South America, with mules and lamas. 
 
 517. The trade of savage and barbarous nations is very lim- 
 ited, because they have little to give in exchange, and their ig- 
 norance of navigation prevents their going to any great distance 
 from the land. 
 
 518 The most commercial nations of the world are Great 
 Britain, the United States, France, Spain, Russia, Portugal, and 
 the Netherlands. 
 
 519. The commerce of Spain, Portugal and Holland, which 
 i was chiefly with her colonies, has very much declined That 
 
 of R : "=sia is rapidly increasing. 
 
 520. The ships of the United States, as well as those of Great 
 Britain, go, in great numbers, to every part of the world, and 
 obtain its productions and manufactures, usually in exchange 
 
 [tor those of their own country. 
 
 521. The amount of shipping from the ports of the United 
 [Stat'-s is nearly equal to that of Great Britain, and exceeds that 
 
 of any other nation whose commerce in known. 
 17* 
 
190 GENERAL Yir.\\>. 
 
 Questions. Do men usually find all they want in their own 
 country? What arises from (hi?, arnl what example can you 
 give ? How is commerce carried on in savage and in civilize 
 nations ? Give an example . \\ hat kind of money is iu UTf; 
 What arts are important to commerce, and what nations un 
 derstand them r What halt-civilized nations understand these 
 arts ? What can you say of other half-civilized nations, and 
 which are they ? What means of internal commerce are there 
 in China, India, and the Nands of Asia P (See the map, and 
 chapter on canals.) Describe the commerce of Africa and other 
 dry countries. Of South America. 
 
 What can you say of the trade of savage and barbarous na- 
 tions ? Whut are the most distinguished commercial nations 
 of the world .' What can you say of Spain and some others 
 of these.' Is the commerce of the United States and Great 
 Britain extei -i'. > : I I'm i- the commerce of the United States 
 compared wi h that of other nations 't Mention some of the 
 principal articles we use. -md where wp must send to obtain 
 them, and where the best c-.n be procured .' as coffee, cloths, 
 -. porcelain, precious stones, metals, kc. (Set. Hie account 
 of productions, mamtfaclitits. ^-c ) 
 
 LITERATURE. 
 
 The savage and barbarous nations of the world cannot 
 write their !; and have no books to teach or preserve 
 
 what they know . 
 
 523 They can keep an account of events, only by drawin 
 pictures of them, or by songs and stories, which they rerae 
 brrand teach to their children. 
 
 Among the Timers, Arab?. Laplanders, and other ba 
 barous nations, these songs ai.d stories are repeated iu publi 
 tu amuse large assent' 
 
 52-> Savage and barbarous nations are ignorant of Atron 
 my, Philosophy, Geography, and even of Arithmetic : and man 
 MS cannot count more limn ten. 
 
 The half-civilized nations o; Asia and Africa trri/e their 
 langiihies, and have books for teaching and preserving their 
 knou ! 
 
 527. They understand Arithmetic, and something of other 
 parts of the Mathematics and Astronomy ; but they know 
 scarcely any thing of Philosophy, Chemistry, Geography and I 
 other sciences. 
 
 Most languages are wri'.ten from the left hand of the 
 
 ii to the right, like ours; but the Arabic,, Persian, 
 
 and some other languages of Asia, are written from the 
 
EDUCATION. 191 
 
 right to the left, and the Chinese, in columns from the top to the 
 boMoni * 
 
 529. Among thb dviliz--d 'lalions of (he world, the sciences 
 are well Understood, a;>d therr aie nuruerou.s books. 
 
 530 Great Britian, France f<nd German--. , including part of 
 Austria and i'nis-.ia, are mnt distinguished for Iparnrd nmn and 
 discoveries in science ; and from them must of our learning has 
 been d rived. 
 
 531 Sweden, Denrrark, Holland Switzerland, Italy and 
 Sprfi/i are respertable f r science and learning, but Sweden 
 holds the highest rank among these nations. 
 
 532 Portugal, Turkey, Poland, arid .\orway are now less dis- 
 tinguished for learned men than any other parts of Europe. 
 
 533. Russia has been advancing for 100 yt-ars from a state of 
 barbarism ; the sciences are now understood and cultivated in 
 the principal towns and universities, and the emperor docs much 
 to promote them. 
 
 534. Almost all the valuable knowledge of European nations 
 is found in the United States; but the number ot our learned 
 men is far less than in many of them. 
 
 Questions. What is a distinguishing characteristic of sav- 
 age end barbarous nations ? How do they keep an account of 
 events? 'V hat is common among the Tartars and some other 
 nation^ ? What in the state of knowledge among savage and bar- 
 barous nations ? What can you say of the language? and state 
 of knowledge in half-civilized nations ? How are most langua- 
 ges written ? 
 
 In what nations are the sciences understood ? What nations 
 are now most distinguished for science ? What is the state of 
 Italy. Spain, Holland, &c. ? In what countries of Europe is 
 learning neglected ? What can yon say of Rusia? How do the 
 United States compare with European countries in learning ? 
 EDUCATION. 
 
 533. In civilized countries, numerous universities and colleges 
 are established, to give instruction in all branches of learning 
 and science. 
 
 5S(t. The number of instructors and students in the celebrat- 
 ed universities of Europe is greater than in ours, the course of 
 instruction more extensive, and the libraries much larger ; but 
 far less attention is paid to the conduct and improvement of the 
 pupils. 
 
 *The whole number of languages known, is stated by Ade- 
 lung, to be 3,000, of which 1,200 are in America. 
 
192 UENTRAL VIEWS. 
 
 There are also universities among half-civilizrd nations ; 
 but they are devoted to the instruction of their priests and public 
 officers, in their rdigiou and laws. 
 
 538. In many countries distinguished fortbeir learned men, 
 the common people are very ignorant, for want of schools ; 
 while in others, like the United States, which have not so many 
 learned men, the common people are generally well educa- 
 ted. 
 
 539. The Chinese, Japanese and Birmans print hooks from 
 blocks of wood, but in half-civilized nations generally, they are 
 written on leaves or rolls of parchment, and arc so expi-nrive, 
 that the rich only can buy them. 
 
 540. In r.ivilieed countries, books are printed from types, at 
 a very cheap rate, and it is much more easy for the poor to ob- 
 tain knowledge. 
 
 541. It is the remark of an European writer, concerning the 
 United States, that " the great body of the American people is 
 belter tducalf.d than the bulk of any European community." 
 
 542. Our schools are so numerous, and instruction is so easily 
 obtained, that few are found, at least in the northern parts of 
 the United States, who cannot read and write, and information 
 is constantly spread by books and news-papers. 
 
 543. Schools for the poor have been long established in Scot- 
 land, Iceland, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Holland and Swit- 
 zerland, and the common people of these countries are general- 
 Jit to read and write. 
 
 544. In England, the education of the common people is not so 
 good ; but numerous schools have been established within a few 
 years, for the education of the poor. 
 
 545. The common people of France are very ignorant. 
 Those of Ireland in a much lower state. In Russia. Poland aad 
 Austria, the lower classes are generally slaves to the nobles, 
 and almost barbarous. But all these countries have begun to 
 establish schools for their instruction. 
 
 54'1 In most parts of Germany and the south of Europe the 
 poor are extremely ignoran , and are left without instructor . 
 
 547. In South America and the European colonies of .he 
 East and West Indies, there are some men of education ;. jut 
 
 l.ools are established, and the common people are very 
 ignorant. 
 
 548. In the half-civilized nations of Asia and Africa, children 
 of the higher classes learu to read and write. The poor >i e 
 usually taught only some mechanic art. 
 
MANNERS AND CUSTOMS. 1 
 
 Questions. What institutions of learning are there among 
 civilized nations? Compare those of Europe & of the U. States. 
 Are there similar- institutions in h di-"'iv lized countries? Are 
 the common people always well educated where there are ma- 
 ny learned men ? How do the books of hall-civilized nations 
 differ f ru m ours ? What effect lias this on the state of learning ? 
 What is the state ot education in the United States ? What 
 are the effects ot schools among us ? ^ here have public 
 schools riecn long known ? What is the slate of education in 
 Sitglaiicl ? What i. the stale of the common people in Frauce 
 r<:lan(i R r--ia Ps land and Austria ? In the south of Europe ? 
 n South Aii.<' - i(M ai:d other colonies? What can you say of 
 le schools of ih liaif -civilized nations ? 
 
 MANNERS AM) CUSTOMS OF NATIONS. 
 
 FOOD. 
 
 549 The food of savage nations consists chiefly of fish and 
 vile animtls, with such fruits and nourishing vegetables as they 
 can find. 
 
 550. Some tribes of South America and Africa, who are cal- 
 ;d cannibals, are accu<*tiiiiied to eat human flesh : and several 
 n the islands of the Pacific ocean feast on the bodies of their 
 
 emips killed or taken Li war. 
 
 551. Barbarous nations who lead a wandering life, like the 
 ["("tars, live principally on the milk and flesh of their cattle, 
 lieep, camels and horses; but (host- who are more settled, like 
 . lie inliahita'ils of Polynesia and Africa, depend chiefly on the 
 ruits of the earth. 
 
 552. The half civilized nations in the hot countries of Asia 
 anil Africa, live fliieflyon rice arid other vegetables; and the 
 crowded population of Southern Asia renders food so scarce, 
 
 hat the poor are glad to eat mice, lizards, and even worms and 
 limpets. 
 
 o.? In warm climates, wines made from the juice of grapes 
 and the palm tree, with beer and other exhilarating liquors 
 made of rice and other vegetables, are the principal drinks. 
 
 551. In temperate and cold countries, more animal food is 
 used with spiritous H'juors distilled from grain and fruits, and 
 among the Tartars, even from milk. 
 
 555. luthe countries neart'te polar circles, flesh or fish is the 
 principal food .n the inhabitants ; and among the Greenlanders, 
 squimaux, and other -lations living near the sea, the oil ex- 
 t'roni A hales, seals, and other marine animals, is much 
 ,. >' - f. >d. 
 5.3(5. In these countries, grain and vegetables ars so scarce, 
 
^ ^4 <;EXERAL vii 
 
 that they often grind the bark of tree? to make bread, and ii 
 some parts even their cattle are fed on fish, for want of grass 
 vegetables. 
 
 5o7. In America, fiVsh is the principal food of all classes ; bi 
 in Europe, the poor subsist chiefly on vegetables HIM! ti>h. 
 
 558. Tea is the most common drink in China and Japan, am 
 coffee, in Arabia, Turkey and Peisia. 
 
 559. Botii tea and coffee are much used in Europe and Nortl 
 America ; but matte, or the tea of South America, is general)] 
 used in the southern parts of that country. 
 
 Questions. What is the principal food of savage nations ? 
 Mention some of these nations. Are there any nations who 
 eat human flesh ? What is the food ot barbarous nations gener- 
 ally .' What of halt civilized nations ? Mention some of them. 
 What drinks are common in warm climates : What kind of 
 food and drink are most common in cold countries What is 
 the principal food in the countries near the polar cinU: ? Are 
 vegetables abundant in these countries ? What are the kinds of 
 food most used in America and Europe ? In wnat countries are 
 tea and coffee the most common drinks : What are common in 
 America ? 
 
 DRESS AKD ORNAMKJtTS. ^ 
 
 660. In warm climates, savage and barbarous nations are usu- 
 ally almost naked ; and the poor, even in half civilized coun- 
 tries, wear very little clothing. 
 
 561. The skins of animals are generally used for clothing 
 among savage and barbarous nations. 
 
 562. The Tartars dress in horse hides, and many of the 
 icsand Africans, and even of the Russians, in sheep skins, will 
 the wool turned inward* in winter and outwards, in summer. 
 
 563. The people of Polynesia, and some other barbarous coin 
 
 ess in mats of reeds or traw, or in cloth nvide of bark. 
 564 Civilized and half-civilised nations, and some of the bar- 
 barous nations of Africa, dress in cloths of linen, cotton, silk 
 and oolen. 
 
 565. Cotton and silk are most used in warm countries ; lin- 
 en nnd woolen in colder climates ; aijd in very cold countries, 
 fur- ;<re ued in addition. 
 
 566. The dress of the half-civilized nations of Asia and Af- 
 rica, is generally a robe, with a close vest, large drawer.-, and 
 a tin-tun or cap on the head; and females HI-" covered from 
 head to foot with a thick veil, which conceals the whole face 
 except the eyes. 
 
 orlT. Civilized nations generally have a tight dress for males, 
 and a loose flowing dress for females. They are made in 
 
HABITATIONS. 195 
 
 different forms which are often changed ; while' the fashions of 
 Asiatic nations continue always the same. 
 
 568. The Russians, Poles and Hungarians dress more like 
 Asiatics than Europeans. 
 
 569. The Asiatic nations generally wear long beards ; bat 
 Europeans, except in Russia and Norway, cut them oft', and the 
 Indians of America pluck them out. 
 
 57C. The Chinese, some of the Tartars and the Poles shave 
 their heads, except a single lock of h-iir on the crown. 
 
 571. Among civilized nation?, gold and jewels are worn in 
 the ears, and on the neck, wrists and head, often with the ad- 
 dition of feathers. 
 
 572. Besides these ornaments, savage and barbarous nations 
 frequently wear rings in the nose and lips, and they are very 
 fond of adorning themselves with feathers and pieces of glass 
 and metal. 
 
 573. In some nations of Europe it is common for females to 
 paint their faces. The same custom prevails among savage and 
 barbarous nations, but they use a greater number of colours, and 
 frequently blacken their teeth and eyebrows. 
 
 574. Savages are also accustomed to paint their bodies, and 
 "verthem with marks or scars to render themselves beautiful 
 
 ,-r terrible, especially when they are going to war. 
 
 Questions. What can you say of the dress of nations in 
 warm climates ? Wiiat is used for clothing among savages ? 
 What skins are used among the Tartars and other barbarous 
 nations ? What is used for dress in Polynesia ? What among 
 civilized and half-civilized nations? What are most used in 
 warm climates, and what in others ? What is the dress of half- 
 civilized nations ? What of civilized nations ? What European, 
 na'tions dress in the Asiatic manner ? What nation? wear long 
 beards, and what is the custom of other nations ? What nations 
 shave the head ? What ornaments are used by civilized nations ? 
 What are those used by savages .' Where is it customary to 
 paint the face ? How do savages attempt to improve their ap- 
 pearance ? 
 
 HABITATIONS. 
 
 575. The American Indians and other savages live in huts 
 bnilt of stakes, twigs or bark, often plastered with earth, with a 
 
 _ho!e in the roof to let out the smoke. 
 
 576. In the frozen regions of Lapland, Siberia, fcc. they usu- 
 ally build their huts half underground, that they may be warm- 
 er, and no opening is left lor the smoke, except the door. 
 
 577. The Tartars, Arabs and other wandering nations live in 
 
196 CF.XERAL REVIEW. 
 
 tents of felt or cloth, which they remove from place to place. 
 (S p. 135 and 141.) 
 
 ?ome barbarous nations in warm climate s, especially in 
 Polynesia, build very neat huts of cane, lined aud covered with, 
 mats. 
 
 579 The houses of the higher classes in Europe ii Asia, are 
 usually of inick or stone, and in the warm countries, are buiK 
 with an open court or square io the centre, and with flat roofs. 
 
 580. In Asia, 4t in Poland. Ireland, Portugal &. v n.p other 
 parts of Europe the habitations of the poor are miserable cot- 
 tages formed or plastered \vitb clay, and thatched wilh leaves 
 r straw ; and far inferior to tbe poortst u?ua:l;. ; r own 
 
 onntry. These nave usually but one room for all the family 
 and oft* or bed, but tbe ground covered with straw 
 
 . -ge and barbarous i.atioiiE. and even in Irt 
 land, Poland, ard Russia, the cattle and other ht-n?ts often live 
 in the iarae room with the family to which (bey belong. In the 
 countdrs on the Mediterranean, the lower stoiy of the house is 
 eommoi.iy used as a stable. 
 
 \-iatics have liltle farcitnre in their hoi:?*>=. as they 
 are accustomed to sit, eat and sleep on a part of the floor, is Inch. 
 is road*- higher than the re*t. and covered wilh carpets. 
 
 Qu(tli-j<is \\ bat account is given ol tbe habitations of 
 nations.' How p.re they built in tbe f.-'.zf:i r^inus 
 
 iering barbarian-. * Ol (he Australasians a- 
 f ? (Seep. '. -.-') What in warrjclr 
 
 barrarous nations : Uhai : 
 
 in Eunipe and Asia : \\ hat arf !lio-e of the poor coi. 
 wilhliMeot our <:"i. ,tr> \' - e are cattle kept am 
 bare, is natio f iur,trie on Itie Medilerraueau : How 
 
 do ihe Asiatics sit aisd .- 
 
 rr. 
 
 583. Amo ihe sick, the a?ed, rd the 
 
 feeble are taken tare of, and there are niiiKfi ,i!s and 
 
 as\ lums for the <iistresfcd. 
 
 In Pngan u,.d Mahometan c'>upfrif-s, such institutions 
 are scarc--ly koowo, and the poor and unfortunate are P. 
 ally '.re'-ited wilh kiud' 
 
 Among Pajran?, it is common to leave i 
 h. iritbont trv i: g I. 
 ^vagt nations, are > 
 
 wn paren'. - 
 
STATE OF SOCIETY. 1^7 
 
 586. The Christian religion requires men to be kind and be- 
 nevolent to all, of every nation ; and among Christian nations', 
 even enemies, taken in war, are usually treated with kindness. 
 
 587. Mahometans think it right to injure or kill any person 
 of another religion ; and among Mahometan and Pagan na- 
 tions, those taken in war are made slaves, or cruelly treated. 
 
 588. Among civilized nations the laws do not allow private 
 evenge ; but in savage and barbarous nations, each man reven- 
 ,es himself, by killing or injuring those who offend him. 
 
 589. In all savage and barbarous countries, females are obli- 
 <*ed to carry burdens and perform the most severe labours, while 
 
 men are sleeping or amusing themselves. 
 40. In China they are often obliged to drag the plough: in 
 enland they fish with their husbands at sea ; and even in 
 vjermany, Sweden and other parts of Europe, they are accus- 
 tomed to labour in the field. 
 
 591. Among balf-civiliz^d nations females are regarded as 
 slaves, of no use but to serve and amuse their husbands, espe- 
 cially in Mahometan countries. In China, Java, Circa.ssia and 
 almost all barbarous and savage nations, they are bought and 
 sold as wives, without their own consent. 
 
 592. In most half-civilized countries, females receive no in- 
 struction, f-xrept in music, dancing and embroidery ; they are 
 not permitted ID converse with men, even of their own families : 
 and (hey are often treated with thegreatest cruelty by their hus- 
 bands. 
 
 593 The inhabitants of Thibet nnd some of the Asiatic Isl- 
 ands, are the only half-civilized people who treat females with 
 respect and kindness. 
 
 694. In Hindoostan and China, great numbers of infants, par- 
 ticularly females, are destroyed every year, from the poverty of 
 the people, or as an act of religious worship. 
 
 Questions. Where do we find hospitals and asylums for the 
 distressed ? What parts of the world are Christian ? (See Chart.) 
 Are there such institutions in Pagan and Mahometan court rio ? 
 Mention these countries ? How are the sick and aged trented 
 among the Tartars? How are prisoners taken in war I. 
 among Christian nations? How among Mahometans and Pa- 
 gans ? In what nations is revenge forbidden ? How are females 
 treated in savage and barbarous nations ? How are they em- 
 ployed in China, and other countries mentioned ? How are 
 they regarded among half-civilized nations ? What instruction 
 and treatment do they receive? In what half-civilized coun- 
 tries are females treated kindly ? In what countries are infants 
 destroyed. 18 
 
COMPARATIVE TABLES 
 
 OF RIVERS, MOUNTAINS. CITIES AND C OUNTRIE?, 
 
 S1TIC*, LIBRARIES AND MISSIONARY STATIONS, 
 
 ACCENTED FOR PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 NOTI:. The names marked with, an asterisk (*) are not found on 
 the map. Those in Italic belong to the Western Continent, and 
 those in Roman letters to the Eastern. 
 
 RULES FOR PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 On a anally proaoaoccd a oa Touleux, Rou. Moarzouk, 
 
 *c . ti and ieae<. aiin Kiel. Kir. Dniei-ei. Doiesur. Niemen. Liege 
 .-. and Drontheirn, &e. ; i as t. in Trieste, Mobile. Gnayaqail. St. Ao- 
 pUHuie. Porto Rico, tc ; auair a ui Ralei;b. llaaiaha, Ottawa, Wa- 
 ka.h ;oe aia.in Haarlem ; a as w. in Gtmyaquil. Guatimala, fcc. ; eaurf 
 a> , in BoardtkOi. 4-c ; c* at *. in Munich Zurich. Bncbarett Cbermon, 
 JCoeh*. Cbiapa. C himbaraxo ; g it ilent in Bolofna, roloyoe. CajbmriJ 
 SchyyiSill is uronoanced Scboolkill ; Leipsic. Lipe*ic ; Mreille. Marsatls. 
 
 
 S 5 
 
 o ao 
 
 
 c 
 .- 
 J> 
 
 
 j 
 
 a 
 
 
 3 
 
 *~ L 
 
 
 U 
 
 k|.s 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 ,_ <; 
 
 ., a 
 
 
 ^>~s 
 
 -^ S 5 
 
 _ -^ = o 
 
 5.H 
 
 5-H^ t : 
 
 J 
 
RIVERS. 
 
 199 
 
201) 
 
 CITIES OF THE FIRST RANK. 
 
CITIES OF THE SECOND RANK. 
 
 S 5 5 ;: 
 
 201 
 
 s - jrt *~ O C -i ^i D O-Q C 
 
 " S> ST? s - s -o S N = .s - I . K ~ S 4 g 1 ovl 
 
 
 i-^JS.S" "^.Hs^ca- 5 '5"b^ 
 
 "V C* .* * 5 'c 
 
 = 1. C9 - ' u ., "- 1 ?s 2 
 S a = .- ^ a 3 ^3 
 ~oeoaQSF-*C8B<* '^i"Z 
 
 ?2 
 
 i 
 
 *? - = a 
 
 "si "* **_3 
 
 Si. * ' 
 
 isg- 
 
 Is 
 
 .- & 
 
 ceo 
 
 __ i -in j; = ^ -r. - 
 
 o~r ._-* I i, -r 
 
 ^ -O DC_I ,* ^ s co i r '~ s I u 
 
 02 ^ ji "5 s a .~ Jf 1 ^ C^.JJ *> X J..5 x ? ^ = aj i~5 
 
 oC^sgiajS'CwB ~~ *-""'?- *'.% 
 
 m ia a 
 
 x} 
 
 = u > 
 
'202 
 
 CITIES OP THE THIRD HANK. 
 
 J e 
 
 -2 s 
 
 JJ c s 
 
 - 
 
 ~ r 5? H H Q 
 
 S - ~ 5 
 r^ t-" 0~ 
 
 r*i w > 
 
CITIES, 
 
 203 
 
 
 ;-. c^S 
 ll'jlll 
 
 :||1|t 
 
 ?-< -r~ ^ oC '" a, !T ^ a. cr Q~ 
 
 ,H. 
 
 
 8 
 
 m 
 
 * *- 
 
 1 
 <$ 
 
 5 
 -. ^- 
 
 a 
 
 ?x 
 
 z 
 
 <3> 
 
 e 
 ^ 
 
 ^ cUD 
 
 c." J 5 
 
 - c >f 
 
 8 
 
 5 J t 
 
 ST= 
 
 g cd *-* d) 
 
204 S. TOVVNS-UNIVERSITIES-LIBRAKIES-M. STATIONS. 
 
 00 lO O >O CO * OJ 
 
 ei co <N T '-s >o < 
 
 z - s x ~" * . 
 
 - ;? s - LT 
 
 u. "^ 
 
 CB -5 J K - S /; = = M ^ -S jr.* -a 
 
 | .2 3 5 n g _.*. "! 3 1 1 .1 5. | 
 
 ? ^ J r J s "^ 1 s 6-3 
 
MOUNTAINS. 
 
 - 
 
 
 3T 
 
 2 
 
 o 
 
 := 
 
 3C 
 
 
 5> 
 
 8 
 
 
 i. 
 
 8 
 
 S 
 
 5 
 
 
 n-' 
 
 ~ 
 
 ef 
 
 * 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 oT 
 
 af 
 
 ^ gl& 
 
 Iz; h^-? - s 
 
 M S-s-iJS 
 
 OT ft.q^ 
 
 ^?S 
 
 lill^lji'il! 
 
 x^a-sS^-*"^* 
 
 .- T3 * *=>C - W C _; 
 
 .2sj<i. 
 
 *:j3* 
 
 t. ~^" ' 
 
 ^.< c * ~s 
 
 ^-a^a 
 
 ? S - ^ S 
 
 w> :Z" rr r i -. ,T* 
 
 U Q OQ O 
 
 
206 
 
 POPCLATIOX OF COUNTRIES. 
 
 ~ c C c ~ 
 
 = |1 
 
 & ' 
 
 - "I - - ^ x = = i - ~~ x"^ K 
 
 rH-M" \ ~- ^i^l^^ 
 
 r. ?.<'> ' 7. '-^ z, ^. s >. ^.'-i. ~^y^ 
 
 ? . *? e< 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 !M 
 
 
 CJ 
 
 C 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 s 
 
 - x c 
 
 | V 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 ^-^^^'^ 1 I ^ ^ -^ = z 
 
 = -T E 2 -- * - - 
 
 - - - jc 5^4 Z ^ zl s: ^ HI. ^ 
 
EXTENT OP COUNTRIES 
 
 207 
 
 5 s.0. 
 
 O I-^S-J 
 
 ~:OCO 
 
 _O * Oi O 
 
 sgggggggL 
 
 Cioeooo^elt^ ico 
 
 tf 
 
 OOJ-CBlS^S---- 55154 "^^ 
 04O4--i:r, X5J CRCM-S ^ " 
 
 ; 04 1-1 <x 
 
 Ol CD TJ" w CB C (Q 
 
 | ^l i ;g . "? u 
 
 'sSg ' s l a 'i5aS-M' 
 
REVENUE ARMY NAVY. 
 ^ !~ h, c 7 t^ IS X X 'C 
 
 s. r. ' r> x f~ -c ui : ^ 
 
 i-- c r> -! c x 
 
 X X X X X 35 CD 
 
 c \ 1| 
 oo^ 
 
 ^:. 
 
 S 
 
 ! * I s = s 
 
 I'gjig.s 
 
 : <-- r - S 
 
 : ,~ 5 
 1*0 g 
 ' o o 
 j= 
 
 Ii"lii|fil!lii!liri'i 
 
 E ? ? 
 
 as ~ h .* _ -B & >-Z S 5 g S 
 
 CUHMi^aietfHao 
 
 3 V 
 
 o r 
 
 U 3 
 
 II ll 1 
 
 o 'c > ^ ** 
 
LIBRARY OF THE DIVERSITY OF CAIIFOR 
 
 
 
 LIBRARY OF THF 
 
 
 nr 
 
IV.ERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF